UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)


☒			ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025


☐			TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission File No. 001-34400

TRANE TECHNOLOGIES PLC

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Ireland						98-0626632
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)						(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

170/175 Lakeview Dr.

Airside Business Park

Swords Co. Dublin

Ireland

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: +(353) (0) 18707400

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol

Name of each exchange on which registered

Ordinary Shares, Par Value $1.00 per Share

New York Stock Exchange

5.250% Senior Notes due 2033

TT33

New York Stock Exchange

5.100% Senior Notes due 2034

TT34

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes x No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.:

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

☐

Emerging growth company

☐

Non-accelerated filer

☐

Smaller reporting company

☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. Yes x No ☐

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No x

The aggregate market value of ordinary shares held by nonaffiliates on June 30, ~~2024~~2025 was $7497.12 billion based on the closing price of such stock on the New York Stock Exchange.

The number of ordinary shares outstanding of Trane Technologies plc as of January 3130, ~~2025~~2026 was ~~224~~221,~~290~~331,~~964~~905.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant's proxy statement to be filed within 120 days of the close of the registrant's fiscal year in connection with the registrant's Annual General Meeting of Shareholders to be held June 5, ~~2025~~2026 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

Table of Contents

TRANE TECHNOLOGIES PLC

Form 10-K

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025

TABLE OF CONTENTS

			Page
Part I	Item 1.	Business	4
	Item 1A.	Risk Factors	1213
	Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	2425
	Item 1C.	Cybersecurity	2425
	Item 2.	Properties	2527
	Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	2527
	Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	2527
Part II	Item 5.	Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	2628
	Item 6.	[Reserved]	2729
	Item 7.	Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	2830
	Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk	4446
	Item 8.	Financial Statements	4546
	Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	4546
	Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	4547
	Item 9B.	Other Information	4647
	Item 9C.	Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections	4648
Part III	Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	4748
	Item 11.	Executive Compensation	4748
	Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	4748
	Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	4748
	Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	4748
Part IV	Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	4849
	Item 16.	Form 10-K Summary	6061
	Signatures		6162

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT FOR FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain statements in this report, other than purely historical information, are "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking statements generally are identified by the words "believe," "project," "expect," "anticipate," "estimate," "forecast," "outlook," "intend," "strategy," "plan," "potential," "predict," "target," "may," "might," "could," "should," "will," "would," "will be," "will continue," "will likely result," or the negative thereof or variations thereon or similar terminology generally intended to identify forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements may relate to such matters as projections of revenue, margins, expenses, tax provisions, earnings, cash flows, benefit obligations, share or debt repurchases or other financial items; any statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations, including those relating to any statements concerning expected development, performance or market share relating to our products and services; any statements regarding future economic conditions or our performance; any statements regarding our sustainability commitments; any statements regarding pending investigations, claims or disputes; any statements of expectation or belief; and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. These statements are based on currently available information and our current assumptions, expectations and projections about future events. While we believe that our assumptions, expectations and projections are reasonable in view of the currently available information, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. You are advised to review any further disclosures we make on related subjects in materials we file with or furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made and are not guarantees of future performance. They are subject to future events, risks and uncertainties - many of which are beyond our control - as well as potentially inaccurate assumptions, that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations and projections. We do not undertake to update any forward-looking statements.

Factors that might affect our forward-looking statements include, among other things:

•overall economic, political and business conditions in the markets in which we operate including recessions, economic downturns, price instability, slow economic growth and social and political instability;

•trade protection measures such as import or export restrictions and requirements, the imposition of tariffs and quotas or revocation or material modification of trade agreements;

•commodity and raw material shortages, supply chain risks and price increases;

•national and international conflict, including war, civil disturbances and terrorist acts, including the Russia-Ukraine conflict, the Middle East conflict, and other geopolitical hostilities;

•trade protection measures such as import or export restrictions and requirements, the imposition of tariffs and quotas or revocation or material modification of trade agreements;

•competitive factors in the markets in which we compete;

•the development, commercialization and acceptance of new and enhanced products and services;

•attracting and retaining talent;

•work stoppages, union negotiations, labor disputes and similar issues;

•other capital market conditions, including availability of funding sources, interest rate fluctuations and other changes in borrowing costs;

•currency exchange rate fluctuations, exchange controls and currency devaluations;

•impacts of global health crises, ~~other~~ epidemics, pandemics, or other contagious outbreaks on our business operations, financial results and financial position and on the world economy;.

•the outcome of any litigation, governmental investigations, claims or proceedings;

•risks and uncertainties associated with the asbestos-related bankruptcy for our deconsolidated subsidiaries Aldrich Pump LLC and Murray Boiler LLC;

•the impact of potential information technology system failures, vulnerabilities, data security breaches or other cybersecurity issues;

•evolving data privacy and protection laws;

•intellectual property infringement claims and the inability to protect our intellectual property rights;

•changes in laws and regulations;

•climate change, changes in weather patterns, natural disasters and seasonal fluctuations;

•national, regional and international regulations and policies associated with climate change and the environment;

Table of Contents

•the outcome of any tax audits or settlements;

•the strategic acquisition or divestiture of businesses, product lines and joint ventures;

•impairment of our goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets and/or our long-lived assets; and

•changes in tax laws and requirements (including tax rate changes, new tax laws, new and/or revised tax law interpretations and any legislation that may limit or eliminate potential tax benefits resulting from our incorporation in a non-U.S. jurisdiction, such as Ireland).

Some of the significant risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations and projections are described more fully in Part I, Item 1A "Risk Factors." You should read that information in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Part II, Item 7 of this report and our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes in Part II, Item 8 "Financial Statements" of this report. We note such information for investors as permitted by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1. BUSINESS

Overview

Trane Technologies plc, a public limited company, incorporated in Ireland in 2009, and its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively we, us, our, the Company) is a global climate innovator. We bring sustainable and efficient solutions to buildings, homes and transportation through our strategic brands, Trane® and Thermo King®, and our environmentally responsible portfolio of products, services and connected intelligent controls. We generate revenue and cash primarily through the design, manufacture, sales and service of solutions for Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC), transport refrigeration, and custom refrigeration solutions. As an industry leader with an extensive global install base, our growth strategy includes expanding recurring revenue through services and rental options. Our unique business operating system, uplifting culture and highly engaged team around the world are also central to our earnings and cash flow growth.

Through our sustainability-focused strategy and purpose to boldly challenge what's possible for a sustainable world, we meet critical needs and growing global demand for innovation that reduces greenhouse gas emissions while enabling ~~healthier,~~more efficient ~~indoor~~buildings ~~environments~~ and ~~safe~~industry, and reliable delivery of essential temperature-controlled cargo. We have announced certain defined sustainability commitments with a goal of achieving these commitments by 2030 (2030 Sustainability Commitments). Trane Technologies' 2030 Sustainability Commitments include our 'Gigaton Challenge' to reduce customer greenhouse gas emissions by a billion metric tons; 'Leading by Example' through reducing embodied carbon by 40%, and designing products for circularity; and creating 'Opportunity for All' by investing in our people and our communities.

Reportable Segments

We operate under three reportable segments.

•Our Americas segment innovates for customers in North America and Latin America. The Americas segment encompasses commercial heating, cooling and ventilation systems, building controls and solutions, and energy services and solutions; residential heating and cooling; and transport refrigeration systems and solutions. This segment had ~~2024~~2025 net revenues of $1517,~~903~~168.28 million.

•Our EMEA segment innovates for customers in the Europe, Middle East and Africa region. The EMEA segment encompasses heating, cooling and ventilation systems and services, energy services and solutions, ~~for commercial buildings~~ and transport refrigeration systems and solutions. This segment had ~~2024~~2025 net revenues of $2,~~556~~802.71 million.

•Our Asia Pacific segment innovates for customers throughout the Asia Pacific region. The Asia Pacific segment encompasses heating, cooling and ventilation systems, services and solutions for commercial buildings and transport refrigeration systems and solutions. This segment had ~~2024~~2025 net revenues of $1,~~378~~351.30 million.

Table of Contents

Products and Services

Our principal products and services include the following:

Air conditioners Industrial process refrigeration Air exchangers Installation contracting Air handlers Lighting retrofit solutions Airside and terminal devices Medical grade refrigeration solutions Air-sourced heat pumps Multi-pipe HVAC systems Asset management systems Package heating and cooling systems Auxiliary power units (electric and diesel) Packaged rooftop units Building management systems Parts and supplies (aftermarket and OEM) Bus air purification systems ~~Rail~~Portable and mobile refrigeration systems Bus and rail HVAC systems ~~Rate~~Rail ~~chambers~~refrigeration systems Chillers ~~Refrigerant~~Rate ~~reclamation~~chambers Coils and condensers ~~Renewable~~Refrigerant ~~energy~~reclamation ~~and storage projects~~ Cold storage units ~~Repair~~Renewable energy and ~~maintenance~~storage ~~services~~projects Condensing units Rental services Container refrigeration systems and gensets ~~Residential~~Repair ~~air~~and ~~filters~~maintenance services Control systems Residential air ~~filtration~~filters ~~system~~ Controls contracting and commissioning Residential air filtration system Data center facility controls Residential cold climate heat pumps Data center HVAC systems Residential hybrid heating solutions ~~Cryogenic~~Data ~~refrigeration~~center ~~systems~~liquid cooling solutions Self-powered truck refrigeration systems Data center ~~HVAC~~services ~~systems~~ Service agreements Decarbonization programs Smart and AI-enabled services Dehumidifiers ~~Telematics~~Stationary cold storage solutions Ductless systems Telematics solutions Energy and water efficiency programs Temporary heating and cooling systems Energy ~~and~~infrastructure ~~water efficiency~~ programs Thermal energy storage Energy ~~infrastructure~~management ~~programs~~services Thermostats/controls & associated digital solutions Energy ~~management~~recovery ~~services~~- power solutions Trailer refrigeration systems (diesel, electric and hybrid) Energy recovery ventilators Transport heater products Energy storage (battery) Truck refrigeration systems (diesel, electric and hybrid) Furnaces Ultra-low temperature freezers Geothermal systems Unitary systems (light and large) Home automation Variable refrigerant flow systems Humidifiers Vehicle-powered truck refrigeration systems HVAC Performance-monitoring applications Ventilation Indoor air quality assessments and related products for HVAC and Transport solutions Water source heat pumps

These products are sold primarily under our tradenames including Trane® and Thermo King®.

Competitive Conditions

Our products and services are sold in highly competitive markets throughout the world. Due to the diversity of these products and services and the variety of markets served, we encounter a wide variety of competitors that vary by product line and services. They include well-established regional or specialized competitors, as well as larger U.S. and non-U.S. corporations or divisions of larger companies.

The principal methods of competition in these markets relate to price, quality, delivery, service and support, technology and innovation. We are one of the leading manufacturers in the world of HVAC systems and services and transport temperature control products and services.

Table of Contents

Distribution

Our products are distributed by a number of methods, which we believe are appropriate to the type of product. U.S. sales are made through branch sales offices, distributors and dealers across the country. Non-U.S. sales are made through numerous subsidiary sales and service companies with a supporting chain of distributors throughout the world.

Operations by Geographic Area

Approximately 2625% of our net revenues in ~~2024~~2025 were derived outside the U.S. and we sold products in approximately 100 countries. Therefore, the attendant risks of manufacturing or selling in a particular country, such as currency devaluation, nationalization and establishment of common markets, may have an adverse impact on our non-U.S. operations.

Customers

We have no single external customer that accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated net revenues in ~~2024~~2025, ~~2023~~2024 or ~~2022~~2023. No material part of our business is dependent upon a single customer or a small group of customers; therefore, the loss of any one customer would not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or cash flows.

Materials

We both manufacture and procure many of the components included in our products. For components we manufacture, we are required to source a wide variety of commodities such as steel, copper, and aluminum. These principal commodities are purchased from a large number of independent sources around the world, primarily within the region where the products are manufactured. We believe that available sources of supply will generally be sufficient for the foreseeable future.

For many components we procure, we have an effective supply chain resiliency plan and ~~multiple~~ capable sources to ensure sufficient supply, however there are certain categories of components that could occasionally see limited availability or shortages.

Seasonality

Demand for certain products and services is influenced by weather conditions. For instance, sales in our commercial and residential HVAC businesses historically tend to be higher in the second and third quarters of the year because this represents spring and summer in the U.S. and other northern hemisphere markets, which are the peak seasons for sales of air conditioning systems and services. Therefore, results of any quarterly period may not be indicative of expected results for a full year and unusual weather patterns or events could positively or negatively affect certain segments of our business and impact overall results of operations.

Research and Development

We engage in research and development activities in an effort to introduce new products, enhance existing product effectiveness, improve ease of use and reliability as well as expand the various applications for which our products may be appropriate. In ~~2024~~2025, we spent $~~309~~347.6 million on research and development, focused on product and system sustainability improvements such as increasing energy efficiency, developing products that allow for use of lower global warming potential refrigerants, reducing material content in products, and designing products for circularity. New product development (NPD) programs complete a Design for Sustainability module within our NPD process to ensure that programs consider environmental impact.

We also have a strong focus on sustaining activities, which include costs incurred to reduce production costs, improve existing products, create custom solutions for customers and provide support to our manufacturing facilities. We anticipate that we will continue to make significant expenditures for research and development and sustaining activities to maintain and improve our competitive position.

Patents and Licenses

Our intellectual property rights are important to our business and include numerous patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, proprietary technology, technical data, business processes, and other confidential information. Although in aggregate the Company's intellectual property is important to its operations, the Company does not consider any single patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret, proprietary technology, technical data, business process or any other confidential information (or any related group of any such items) to be of material importance to any segment or to the business as a whole. From time to time the Company engages in litigation to protect its intellectual property rights. For a discussion of risks related to the Company's intellectual property, refer to "Item 1A. Risk Factors."

Table of Contents

Backlog

Our backlog of orders, believed to be firm, at December 31, was as follows:

In millions

~~2024~~2025

~~2023~~2024

Americas

56,~~323~~298.16

5,~~302~~323.91

EMEA

~~585~~775.39

~~614~~585.93

Asia Pacific

~~839~~694.39

~~1,012~~839.73

Total

67,~~747~~769.74

6,~~930~~747.57

These backlog figures are based on orders received and only include amounts associated with our equipment and contracting and installation performance obligations. A major portion of our residential products are built in advance of order and either shipped or assembled from stock. We expect to ship a majority of the December 31, ~~2024~~2025 backlog during ~~2025~~2026. However, orders for specialized equipment or specific customer applications are submitted with extended lead times and are subject to revision and deferral, and to a lesser extent cancellation or termination. To the extent projects are delayed or there are resource constraints, the timing of our revenue could be affected.

Environmental Matters

We continue to be dedicated to environmental and sustainability programs to minimize the use of natural resources, reduce the utilization and generation of hazardous materials from our manufacturing processes and to remediate identified environmental concerns. As to the latter, we are currently engaged in site investigations and remediation activities to address environmental cleanup from past operations at current and former manufacturing facilities.

It is our policy to establish environmental reserves for investigation and remediation activities when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and a reasonable estimate of the liability can be made. Estimated liabilities are determined based upon existing remediation laws and technologies. Inherent uncertainties exist in such evaluations due to unknown environmental conditions, changes in government laws and regulations, and changes in cleanup technologies. The environmental reserves are updated on a routine basis as remediation efforts progress and new information becomes available.

We are sometimes a party to environmental lawsuits and claims and have received notices of potential violations of environmental laws and regulations from the Environmental Protection Agency and similar state and international authorities. We have also been identified as a potentially responsible party (PRP) for cleanup costs associated with off-site waste disposal at federal Superfund and state remediation sites. In most instances at multi-party sites, our share of the liability is not material.

In estimating our liability at multi-party sites, we have assumed that we will not bear the entire cost of remediation of any site to the exclusion of other PRPs who may be jointly and severally liable. The ability of other PRPs to participate has been taken into account, based on our understanding of the parties' financial condition and probable contributions on a site-by-site basis.

For a further discussion of our potential environmental liabilities, see Note 20 "Commitments and Contingencies" to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Asbestos-Related Matters

We are involved in a number of asbestos-related lawsuits, claims and legal proceedings. In June 2020, our indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries Aldrich Pump LLC (Aldrich) and Murray Boiler LLC (Murray) each filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code (the Bankruptcy Code) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of North Carolina in Charlotte (the Bankruptcy Court). As a result of the Chapter 11 filings, all asbestos-related lawsuits against Aldrich and Murray have been stayed due to the imposition of a statutory automatic stay applicable in Chapter 11 bankruptcy cases. Only Aldrich and Murray have filed for Chapter 11 relief. Neither Aldrich's wholly-owned subsidiary, 200 Park, Inc. (200 Park), Murray's wholly-owned subsidiary, ClimateLabs LLC (ClimateLabs), Trane Technologies plc nor its other subsidiaries (the Trane Companies) are part of the Chapter 11 filings. In addition, at the request of Aldrich and Murray, the Bankruptcy Court has entered an order temporarily staying all asbestos-related claims against the Trane Companies that relate to claims against Aldrich or Murray (except for asbestos-related claims for which the exclusive remedy is provided under workers' compensation statutes or similar laws).

The goal of these Chapter 11 filings is to resolve equitably and permanently all current and future asbestos-related claims in a manner beneficial to claimants, Aldrich and Murray through court approval of a plan of reorganization that would create a trust pursuant to section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, establish claims resolution procedures for all current and future asbestos-related claims against Aldrich and Murray and channel such claims to the trust for resolution in accordance with those procedures.

Table of Contents

For detailed information on the bankruptcy cases of Aldrich and Murray, see:

•Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors - Risks Related to Litigation,"

•Part I, Item 3, "Legal Proceedings,"

•Part II, Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Significant Matters," and

•Part II, Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and Note 20, "Commitments and Contingencies."

Human Capital Management

Our people and culture are critical to achieving our operational, financial and strategic success.

As of December 31, ~~2024~~2025, we employed approximately, 4544,000 people in 6162 countries including over 16,000 employees outside of the United States. Our Trane Technologies EEO-1 Report published on our website outlines additional details on our U.S. workforce composition.

Our continued focus on building an uplifting culture, where our employees can be at their best, has positively contributed to retaining employees at strong levels. The ~~2024~~2025 retention rate of our key talent, those with the highest potential rating, was 9796.64%, excluding retirements. Our company‑wide (all employees) voluntary retention rate excluding retirements was 9192.91%.

Culture and Purpose

In ~~2024~~2025, we continued to drive our purpose to boldly challenge what's possible for a sustainable world with a sharp focus on our strategic priorities and 2030 Sustainability Commitments. As part of our commitment to people and culture, we strive to create a work environment where our people uplift each other, make a positive impact on the planet and thrive at work and at home. We do that through embedding our leadership principles across our people practices such as onboarding, learning and performance management. We also focus on ongoing manager development and the important role people leaders play in our uplifting, inclusive culture.

Our annual employee engagement survey enables employees to share their experiences and perceptions of our Company. Employees provide ratings and written comments celebrating what we're doing well and recommending areas where we can do better. In ~~2024~~2025, 9091% of our workforce participated in our annual engagement survey, and our overall employee engagement score remains high relative to external benchmarks. While our work on culture is never done, our scores indicate that we continue to raise the bar to increase pride, energy and optimism and help create the best employee experience as a destination employer.

Opportunity for All

We are committed to creating Opportunity for All by uplifting our people and communities. We invest in our people and an inclusive culture where everyone can grow and thrive; and we give back into our communities tosupporting ~~support~~ the next generation of the workforce with the potential to transform our world.

Our aspiration is a workforce that ~~mirrors~~cultivates belonging, embeds inclusion creating organizational purpose and opportunity for all in the communities where we live and work. This helps us to reach a broader talent pool, drive innovation and meet the needs of our global customer base. We work closely with external organizations to help us bridge the growing skilled labor gap, create a pipeline of highly skilled talent, and support industry career development. In ~~2024~~2025, we partnered with Opportunity at Work, a non-profit coalition dedicated to hiring skilled talent through alternative routes (STARs), which prioritizes skills and experience for workforce entry and removes the requirement of degrees where unnecessary. We also collaborate with organizations such as ~~Federation for Advanced Manufacturing Education,~~ National Association of Manufacturers, Society for Women Engineers, National Society of Black Engineers, and Society of Hispanic Professional Engineers, that help us recruit qualified talent from varied backgrounds.

To help promote inclusion and belonging in the workplace, we offer voluntary company forums such as:

•~~CEO~~Bridging ~~Day~~Connection ofSessions ~~Understanding~~ – aBridging ~~forum~~Connections ~~created~~means tobringing ~~allow~~people ~~our~~and ~~employees~~ideas together by respecting differences and ~~leaders~~making toeveryone ~~speak~~feel ~~about~~included. ~~their~~When ~~personal~~we ~~experiences~~connect with openness and ~~commitment~~kindness, towe ~~fostering~~help ~~inclusion~~everyone understand and ~~belonging~~learn infrom each other. By letting each person share their best, we make the ~~workplace~~most of our differences and give everyone a chance to succeed.

•~~Employee~~Business Resource Groups (~~ERGs~~BRGs) – All ~~ERGs~~BRGs are voluntary, open to all employees and offer a sense of belonging, networking and learning opportunities. Our ~~ERGs~~BRGs also play an important role in our business through community involvement, brand advocacy, recruiting, and business and target market insights.

•Being at my Best – aA ~~change~~leader ~~management~~development program ~~introduced~~that ~~in 2024, which~~ contributes to building an inclusive and psychologically safe workplace focused on resilience and resourcefulness.

Table of Contents

•~~Global~~The ~~Diversity~~Work &of ~~Inclusion~~the ~~Summit~~Inclusive Leader course – ~~the~~This ~~2024~~course ~~Summit~~equips ~~continued~~our ~~its~~employees ~~focus~~with onthe ~~development~~skills ofto ~~inclusive~~create ~~leader~~an ~~behaviors~~environment where people feel respected, valued, and ~~highlighted~~empowered ~~ERGs~~to ~~and~~contribute ~~learnings~~their best. It turns intention into action and ~~reflections~~shapes ~~from~~behaviors ~~leaders~~that drive our leadership principles.

Our corporate citizenship strategy, Sustainable Futures, focuses on expanding access to science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) education and career opportunities. This strategy supports our efforts to create opportunity for all by providing under-served communities and schools with a range of resources, from classroom curriculum that introduces them to careers at a climate innovation company, to soft-skill development for landing a STEM job.

Learning and Development

We offer learning and career development opportunities that enhance our employees' skills and abilities and ensure contemporary technical and functional skills and competencies such as innovation, collaboration and leadership. Examples of these programs include:

•Team Leader Development Program – A seven-week experiential development program that engages, teaches and empowers hourly team leaders in our manufacturing facilities to apply continuous improvement methods, make sound business decisions, solve problems, and serve as a coach to their teams.

•Group Leader Development Program – A three-week cohort program for salaried, front-line leaders in our manufacturing facilities that focuses on enhancing knowledge, skills and ~~ability~~capabilities required to lead front-line workers within a world class lean enterprise.

•Graduate Training Program – A ~~five~~14-~~month~~week development program designed to prepare university ~~graduate~~graduates ~~engineers~~ for a rewarding career in technical sales. The program prepares sales engineers to sell Trane's complex HVAC systems and energy services. The program, started in 1926, is recognized as the industry's most comprehensive training program and provides intensive technical, business, sales, and leadership training.

•Accelerated Development Program – An early career rotational program focused on both functional and leadership development, designed to build a pipeline of strong talent for key roles in the organization. Participants rotate to multiple geographic locations and business units during the 2.5-year program, while completing diverse assignments, and receiving dedicated functional training and developmental experiences.

•Leadership Development – We invest in custom, key transition leadership development programs for our high potential talent. We partner with best-in-class external leadership development experts such as INSEAD, Center for Creative Leadership, and the NeuroLeadership Institute to deliver programs such as our Executive Leadership Program, Leading for Impact, and ~~our~~Leaders ~~Women's~~on ~~Leadership~~the ~~Program~~Rise globally each year. Additionally, we offer our Trane Technologies people leaders learning programs to develop their skills in leading their teams, such as ~~building~~delivering ~~inclusive~~effective ~~environments~~feedback, increasing employee engagement, and coaching.

•Professional Development – We have numerous online courses in professional development skills as varied as ~~working~~business ~~virtually~~communication, resiliency, and ~~Microsoft~~artificial ~~Teams~~intelligence (AI), as well as strategic capability initiatives such as product management and other programs that support our strategy of being a world class lean enterprise.

•Tuition Advancement Program – We provide financial assistance to qualified employees for associate, undergraduate, graduate and post-graduate degree programs, as well as certain technical trade certifications. To eliminate financial barriers, the program covers tuition costs in advance.

•Dependent Scholarships – To support learning in our employees' families, we offer $2,500 scholarships to support their dependent children's pursuits beyond high school, whether for a traditional degree or a trade certification.

•Compliance Training – Our Compliance Training curriculum covers key topics that are important to protect our Company, our people and our customers. Topics include certification in our Code of Conduct, Information Security, Understanding and Preventing Workplace Harassment, and Expense Management. All salaried employees and service technicians globally complete our compliance curriculum annually, while hourly production employees complete Code of Conduct and Preventing Workplace Harassment training every other year.

•Sustainability Learning – We offer sustainability learning that is available to everyone in the organization in our Learning Management System starting with the Sustainability Starts with Us course that provides a foundational understanding of how our purpose connects to every role. In addition, a comprehensive learning path is available to all around understanding emissions including the following courses: The Greenhouse Gas Effect, Carbon Intensity of the Electric Grid, and Carbon Neutrality in the Built Environment.

Table of Contents

Employee Volunteerism

In ~~2024~~2025, Trane Technologies hosted a Global Time of Service when thousands of our team members banded together in a global show of commitment to community uplift. Teams around the world identified needs in their local communities and lent their time and resources to help more than 50 non-profit organizations enhance programs and create more opportunity.

Additionally, local philanthropic efforts take place throughout the year led by a network of approximately 50 "Purple Teams" around the world that fuel the spirit of volunteerism and ensure local alignment with our Sustainable Futures strategy.

Employee Well-being

Trane Technologies believes employees that can thrive at work, at home and in their communities are our greatest strength. We integrate well-being into our culture through core global resources that support physical, social, emotional, and financial well-being. Several elements of our holistic well-being actions include:

•Giving 100% of our team members access to company-sponsored wellness offerings, including a global Employee Assistance Program and a global wellness platform. These resources provide education and individual support covering an array of topics, including mental health, nutrition, fitness, dependent care, financial and retirement planning, and legal, among other topics.

•Offering financial relief through the Helping Hand Fund, an employee-funded program created to help associates facing financial hardship immediately after a qualified disaster or an unforeseen personal hardship.

We recognize the pervasiveness of mental health challenges facing employees and their families. We continue efforts to overcome stigma and promote a culture that encourages and supports open discussion about mental health issues. We implemented a global mental health training program, offered in 10 languages, targeted towards people leaders and available to all employees. This program highlights how to recognize and react to mental health concerns and leverage support resources. To date more than 710,~~000~~400 employees have voluntarily completed this training program.

Our enterprise Mental Well-Being Hub is a global employee resource that provides access to self-help information, team member stories, trainings, and guidance for supporting others, all in one place.

To further support employee well-being, we implemented Inflection, a program that provides locally relevant information and support for Fertility, Family Building and Menopause in the U.S. in 2025, with global rollout in January 2026. In the U.S., we also increased the parental leave for non-birth parents to 4 weeks, which aligns with the leave provided to birth parents.

Competitive Pay and Benefits

Trane Technologies' compensation programs and policies are designed to align the compensation of our employees with the Company's performance and strategy, to attract and retain a talented workforce and to meet the needs of employees globally. We are committed to providing competitive and equitable wages and benefits that allow our employees to thrive at work and at home. In addition, the structure of our compensation programs balance incentive earnings for both long-term and short-term performance with our annual incentive plan closely tied to our financial goals as well as progress toward our 2030 Sustainability Commitments. We further align our leadership globally, fostering collaboration to drive profitable, market-leading revenue growth.

Trane Technologies' provides purpose-driven and locally relevant benefit programs and policies that are designed to support the well-being of employees and their families. ~~Purpose-driven and locally relevant benefit programs are provided globally.~~ In addition to core and competitive medical, welfare and retirement programs, we offer programs to support work-life balance and to deliver benefits access and opportunity to all. We structure our benefit offerings with a focus on access to affordable benefits based on employee need.

Our proxy statement provides more detail on the competitive compensation and benefit programs we offer.

Employee Safety

In 2024, we continued our multi-year, world class safety record with a Lost-time Incident Rate of 0.09 and Recordable Rate below 0.71. We refreshed our behavior-based and ergonomics programs and had a major focus on leading indicators, which has been very impactful for all employees across the globe. In 2024, this included a global safety campaign within our manufacturing locations and field operations.

We also continue to maintain all our locations globally as tobacco free workplaces.

Table of Contents

Employee Safety

In 2025, we continued our multi-year, world class safety record with a Lost-time Incident Rate of 0.06 and Recordable Rate below 0.60. We refreshed our behavior-based and ergonomics programs and had a major focus on leading indicators, which has been very impactful for all employees across the globe. In 2025, this included a global safety campaign within our manufacturing locations and field operations.

We also continue to maintain all our locations globally as tobacco free workplaces.

Available Information

We have used, and intend to continue to use, the homepage, the Investor Relations and the "News" sections of our website (www.tranetechnologies.com), among other sources such as press releases, public conference calls and webcasts, as a means of disclosing additional information, which may include future developments regarding the Company and/or material non-public information. We encourage investors, the media, and others interested in our Company to review the information we make public in these locations on our website.

We file annual, quarterly, and current reports, proxy statements, and other documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to all the foregoing reports, are made available free of charge on our Internet website (www.tranetechnologies.com) as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Board of Directors of our Company has also adopted and posted in the Investor Relations section of our website the Corporate Governance Guidelines and charters for each of the Board's standing committees. The contents of our website are not incorporated by reference in this report.

Table of Contents

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The following is a list of our executive officers as of February 65, ~~2025~~2026.

Name and Age

Date ofService asan ExecutiveOfficer

Principal Occupation andOther Information for Past Five Years

David S. Regnery (62)

8/5/2017

Chair of the Board (since January 2022); Chief Executive Officer and Director (since July 2021); President and Chief Operating Officer (January 2020 to June 2021)

David S. Regnery (63)

8/5/2017

Chair of the Board (since January 2022); Chief Executive Officer and Director (since July 2021); President and Chief Operating Officer (January 2020 to June 2021)

Christopher J. Kuehn (52)

6/1/2015

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (since July 2021); Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (March 2020 to June 2021); Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (June 2015 to February 2020)

Christopher J. Kuehn (53)

6/1/2015

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (since July 2021); Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (March 2020 to June 2021)

Mauro Atalla (56)

1/6/2025

Senior Vice President, Chief Technology and Sustainability Officer (since January 2025); Senior Vice President, Engineering and Technology Leader at Collins Aerospace Systems (November 2018 to December 2024)

Mauro Atalla (57)

1/6/2025

Raymond D. Pittard (59)

7/1/2021

Executive Vice President, Chief Integrated Supply Chain Officer (since January 2024); Executive Vice President, Supply Chain, Engineering and Information Technology (July 2021 to January 2024); Transformation Office Leader (December 2019 to June 2021); Vice President, SBU President of Transport Solutions North America and EMEA (December 2013 to December 2019)

Mingxiao (Gary) Guo (57)

12/4/2025

Senior Vice President, Chief Global Integrated Supply Officer (since December 2025); President, Global Supply Chain, the Coca-Cola Company (November 2020 to November 2025)

Evan M. Turtz (56)

4/3/2019

Senior Vice President and General Counsel (since April 2019); Secretary (since October 2013)

Victoria V. Lazar (60)

9/29/2025

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary (since September 2025); Private Investor (August 2023 to September 2025); Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of TechnipFMC plc (November 2020 to July 2023)

Mairéad A. Magner (47)

1/6/2022

Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer (since January 2022); Vice President, Talent and Organization Capability (January 2018 to January 2022)

Mairéad A. Magner (48)

1/6/2022

Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer (since January 2022); Vice President, Talent and Organization Capability (January 2018 to January 2022)

Donald E. Simmons (53)

1/4/2024

Group President, Americas (since January 2024); Americas Segment Leader and CHVAC Americas President (January 2022 to December 2023); President, CHVAC Americas (January 2020 to December 2021)

Donald E. Simmons (54)

1/4/2024

Group President, Americas (since January 2024); Americas Segment Leader and CHVAC Americas President (January 2022 to December 2023); President, CHVAC Americas (January 2020 to December 2021)

Elizabeth Elwell (51)

2/12/2024

Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (since February 2024); Vice President, Finance Residential HVAC and Supply (May 2022-February 2024); Vice President, Financial Planning & Analysis (January 2019-May 2022)

Elizabeth Elwell (52)

2/12/2024

No family relationship exists between any of the above-listed executive officers of our Company. All officers are elected to hold office for one year or until their successors are elected and qualified.

1112

Table of Contents

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows are subject to a number of risks that could cause the actual results and conditions to differ materially from those projected in forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks set forth below are those we consider most significant. We face other risks, however, that we do not currently perceive to be material which could cause actual results and conditions to differ materially from our expectations. You should evaluate all risks before you invest in our securities. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be adversely impacted. In that case, the trading price of our ordinary shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Economic Conditions

Our global operations subject us to economic risks.

Our global operations are dependent upon products manufactured, purchased and sold in the U.S. and internationally. Approximately 75% of our net revenues in 2025 were derived inside the U.S., and we sold products in approximately 100 countries. In addition, many of our customers, manufacturing operations and suppliers are located outside the U.S. These activities are subject to risks that are inherent in operating globally, including:

•changes in local laws and regulations including potential imposition of currency restrictions; new or changing tax laws, including the implementation of a global minimum tax; variations in monetary policies; and other restraints;

•trade protection measures such as import or export restrictions and requirements, the imposition of tariffs and quotas, trade embargoes, or revocation or material modification of trade agreements;

•limitation of ownership rights, including expropriation of assets by a local government, and limitation on the ability to repatriate earnings;

•sovereign debt crises and currency instability in developed and developing countries;

•difficulty in staffing and managing global operations including supply chain disruptions which may be exacerbated by pandemics or other public health crises, natural disasters, or other events affecting the supply of labor, materials and components;

•difficulty of enforcing agreements, collecting receivables and protecting assets through non-U.S. legal systems;

•national and international conflict, including war, civil disturbances and terrorist acts or the threat thereof; and

•recessions, economic downturns, price instability, inflation, slowing economic growth and social and political instability.

These risks could increase our cost of doing business internationally, increase our counterparty risk, disrupt our operations, disrupt the ability of suppliers and customers to fulfill their obligations, limit our ability to sell products in certain markets and have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.

Commodity and raw material shortages, supply chain risks and price increases could adversely affect our financial results.

We rely on suppliers to secure commodities, particularly steel and non-ferrous metals, and third-party parts and components, including electronic components, required for the manufacture of our products. A disruption in deliveries from our suppliers or decreased availability of commodities and third-party parts and components could adversely affect our ability to meet our commitments to customers, impact pricing, increase our operating costs, or impact timing and delivery of products and services. Disruptions have previously occurred and may occur in the future due to ~~global~~public ~~pandemics~~health crises, natural disasters, regulatory changes, geopolitical events, electronic component shortages, supplier capacity constraints, labor shortages, port congestion, logistical problems, political unrest, and other issues. Some of these disruptions have resulted in supply chain constraints affecting our business including our ability to timely produce and ship our products. The unavailability of some commodities and third-party parts and components could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and cash flows.

Volatility in the prices of commodities and third-party parts and components or the impact of inflationary increases could increase the costs of our products and services. We may not be able to pass on these costs to our customers and this could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and cash flows. Conversely, in the event there is deflation, we may experience pressure from our customers to reduce prices. There can be no assurance that we would be able to reduce our costs (through negotiations with suppliers or other measures) to offset any such price concessions which could adversely impact results of operations and cash flows. While we use financial derivatives, supplier price locks or indices-based pricing mechanisms to partially hedge against this volatility, by using these instruments we may potentially forego the benefits that might result from favorable fluctuations in prices and could experience lower margins in periods of declining commodity ~~prices. In addition, while hedging activity may minimize near-term volatility of the commodity prices, it would not protect us from long-term commodity price increases.~~

1213

Table of Contents

prices. In addition, while hedging activity may minimize near-term volatility of the commodity prices, it would not protect us from long-term commodity price increases.

Some of our purchases are from sole or limited source suppliers for reasons of cost effectiveness, regulatory requirements, uniqueness of design, or product quality. If these suppliers encounter financial or operating difficulties, we might not be able to quickly establish or qualify replacement sources of supply.

We face significant competition in the markets that we serve.

The markets that we serve are highly competitive. We compete worldwide with a number of other manufacturers and distributors that produce and sell similar products. There has been consolidation and new entrants (including non-traditional competitors) within our industries and there may be future consolidation and new entrants, either of which could result in increased competition and pricing pressures and significantly alter the dynamics of the competitive landscape in which we operate. Due to our global footprint we are competing worldwide with large companies and with smaller, local operators who may have customer, regulatory or economic advantages in the geographies in which they are located. In addition, some of our competitors may employ pricing and other strategies that are not traditional. While we understand our markets and competitive landscape, there is always the risk of disruptive technologies coming from companies that are not traditionally manufacturers or service providers of our products. Refer to "Item 1. Business" for additional details. As we integrate acquisitions into our portfolio of solutions, we may face new competitors in our target markets and incur increased competition from alternative solutions, which could lead to decreased demand or reduced market share for our products and services. We must maintain the quality of our products, retain longstanding relationships with major customers, continue to grow our business by establishing relationships with new customers, and continually innovate new or enhanced products and services to maintain and expand our brand recognition and market leadership position to effectively compete in the markets that we serve. AI also presents emerging issues and the pace presents uncertainties, and we may experience competitive harm, harm to our reputation, or legal liability. A failure or inability to effectively address market trends, incorporate technology developments, adapt to changes in customer preferences, and compete in our market may adversely affect demand for our products and services, which may cause a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

Our growth is dependent, in part, on the timely development, commercialization and acceptance of new and enhanced products and services.

We must efficiently and effectively innovate, develop and commercialize new and enhanced products and services in a rapidly changing technological and business environment in order to remain competitive in our current and future markets and in order to continue to grow our business. The timely development and commercialization of new products and services and the enhancement of existing products and services is required to meet our customer demands, market trends, and regulatory requirements. The ongoing refreshment of our product and service offerings portfolio requires strategic choices of a significant investment of resources, anticipation of the opportunity and risks of new technologies, and the ability to compete with others who may have superior resources in specific technology domains. We cannot provide any assurance that any new or enhanced product or service will be successfully commercialized in a timely manner, if ever, or, if commercialized, will result in returns greater than our investment. Investment in a product or service could divert our attention and resources from other projects that become more commercially viable in the market. We also cannot provide any assurance that any new or enhanced product or service will be accepted by our current and future markets. The accelerating pace of technological change increases the risk of shortened product lifecycles. The successful development and commercialization of products and services depends on attracting, retaining, and developing highly skilled talent in engineering, technology, and product management. Constraints in the labor market or increased competition for skilled professionals may delay innovation initiatives or increase costs, or require the company to accelerate automation. Failure to timely and accurately predict customer needs and preferences, anticipate regulatory conditions affecting current and future products, mitigate supply chain disruptions on new products, or our failure to develop new and enhanced products and services ~~that~~in ~~are~~a ~~accepted~~timely byfashion, ~~these~~including ~~markets~~implementing emerging technological changes such as integrated AI solutions in our products and services, could have a material adverse impact on our competitive position, operations, financial condition, and cash flows.

Table of Contents

Capital and credit market conditions could adversely affect our business operations, investments, and financial performance.

Instability in U.S. and global capital and credit markets, including market disruptions, limited liquidity and interest rate volatility, or reductions in the credit ratings assigned to us by independent rating agencies could reduce our access to capital markets or increase the cost of funding our short- and long-term credit requirements. In particular, if we are unable to access capital and credit markets, or access them on terms that are acceptable to us, we may not be able to make certain investments or fully execute our business plans and strategies. If we were to raise funding through the issuance of equity securities, our shareholders would experience dilution of their existing ownership interest. If we were to raise significant additional funds by issuing debt, we could be subject to limitations on our operations due to restrictive covenants or rating agencies could downgrade our credit ratings or put them on negative watch.

Our suppliers and customers are also dependent upon the capital and credit markets. Limitations on the ability of customers, suppliers or financial counterparties to access credit at interest rates and on terms that are acceptable to them could lead to insolvencies of key suppliers and customers, limit or prevent customers from obtaining credit to finance purchases of our products and services and cause delays in the delivery of key products from suppliers.

The performance of the financial markets and interest rates can also impact the value of our defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement benefit programs. Significant decreases in discount rate or ~~investment~~the ~~losses~~value onof plan assets may increase our funding obligations, which may adversely affect our financial results. See Note 11 – "Pensions and Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions."

Table of Contents

Currency exchange rate fluctuations and other related risks may adversely affect our results.

We are exposed to a variety of market risks, including the effects of changes in currency exchange rates. See Part II Item 7A, "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk."

We have operations throughout the world that manufacture and sell products in various international markets. We also have investments in our subsidiaries located in foreign countries. As a result, we are exposed to movements in exchange rates of various currencies against the U.S. dollar as well as against other currencies throughout the world.

We use derivative instruments to partially hedge those material exposures that cannot be naturally offset. The instruments utilized are viewed as risk management tools and are not used for trading or speculative purposes. To minimize the risk of counterparty non-performance, derivative instrument agreements are made only through major financial institutions with significant experience in such derivative instruments.

We also face risks arising from the imposition of exchange controls and currency devaluations. Exchange controls may limit our ability to convert foreign currencies into U.S. dollars or to remit dividends and other payments by our foreign subsidiaries or businesses located in or conducted within a country imposing controls. Currency devaluations result in a diminished value of funds denominated in the currency of the country instituting the devaluation.

~~Changes in U.S. or foreign trade policies and other factors beyond our control may adversely impact our business and operating results~~15

~~Changes~~Table ~~in governmental policies on foreign trade, geopolitical tensions and trade disputes can disrupt supply chains and increase the cost~~ of our products. This could cause our products to be more expensive for customers, which could reduce the demand for or attractiveness of such products. In addition, a geopolitical conflict in a region where we operate could disrupt our ability to conduct business operations in that region. In addition to tariffs, trade embargoes, and sanctions, countries also could adopt other measures, such as controls on imports or exports of goods, technology, or data, which could adversely affect our operations and supply chain and limit our ability to offer our products and services as intended. These kinds of restrictions could be adopted with little to no advanced notice, and we may not be able to effectively mitigate the adverse impacts from such measures. Political uncertainty surrounding trade or other international disputes also could have a negative impact on customer confidence and willingness to spend money, which could impair our future growth.Contents

Changes in U.S. or foreign trade policies and other factors beyond our control may adversely impact our business and operating results.

Changes in governmental policies on foreign trade, geopolitical tensions, and trade disputes can disrupt supply chains and increase the cost of our products. This could cause our products to be more expensive for customers, which could reduce the demand for or the attractiveness of such products. The U.S. continues to implement certain trade actions, including imposing tariffs on certain goods imported from several countries, which has resulted in retaliatory tariffs by other countries. Additional tariffs have been proposed by the current U.S. administration and there are active negotiations for extending trade treaties. It is not possible to predict the extent or focus of any such tariffs at this time. In addition, a geopolitical conflict in a region where we operate could disrupt our ability to conduct business operations in that region. In addition to tariffs, duties, quotas, trade embargoes, and sanctions, countries also could adopt other measures, such as controls on imports or exports of goods, technology, or data, which could adversely affect our operations and supply chain and limit our ability to offer our products and services as intended. These kinds of restrictions could be adopted with little to no advance notice, and we may not be able to effectively mitigate the adverse impacts from such measures. Political uncertainty surrounding trade or other international disputes also could have a negative impact on customer confidence and willingness to spend money, which could impair our future growth.

World geopolitical conflicts have created humanitarian crises, materially impacted economic activities, and may materially impact our global and regional operations.

The global economy has been negatively impacted by geopolitical conflicts, including the military conflict between Russia and Ukraine and ~~conflict~~conflicts in the Middle East. Governments including the U.S., China, United Kingdom, and those of the European Union have imposed export controls on certain products and financial and economic sanctions on certain industry sectors and parties in Russia which has triggered retaliatory sanctions by the Russian government and its allies. The outcome and future impacts of these world conflicts remain highly uncertain, continue to evolve and may grow more severe the longer the military action and sanctions remain in effect. Risks associated with world geopolitical conflicts that have arisen or could arise in the future, include, but are not limited to, adverse effects on political developments and on general economic conditions, including inflation and consumer spending; disruptions to our supply chains; disruptions to our information systems, including through network failures, malicious or disruptive software, or cyberattacks; trade disruptions; additional tariffs; energy shortages or rationing that may adversely impact our manufacturing facilities and consumer spending, particularly in Europe; rising fuel and/or rising costs of producing, procuring and shipping our products; our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; and constraints, volatility or disruption in the financial markets.

We have no way to predict the progress or outcome of world geopolitical conflicts, including the situations in Ukraine and the Middle East. Although neither the Russia-Ukraine conflict nor the Middle East ~~conflict~~conflicts have, to date, caused any material adverse effect on our business or financial performance, until there are peaceful resolutions, these conflicts could have a material adverse effect on our operations, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, growth prospects and business outlook.

The full extent to which ~~a pandemic, epidemic, or spread of infectious diseases or other~~ public health crises will affect us will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be accurately predicted.

The extent to which a pandemic, epidemic, or other widespread outbreaks of infectious disease or other public health crises, including a resurgence of any previously identified outbreaks of infectious diseases, may impact our business going forward will depend on factors such as the duration and scope of infections; governmental, business, and individuals' actions in response to the health crisis; travel and other restrictions; and the impact on economic activity including the possibility of financial market instability or recession. How a pandemic, epidemic, or other public health crises will affect us will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be accurately predicted. Such events may also exacerbate other risks discussed herein, any of which could have a material adverse effect on us.

14The global spread of the Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) pandemic demonstrated widespread, rapidly evolving and unpredictable impacts on global society, economics, financial markets and business practices. Government efforts to contain the pandemic included travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter in place orders and shutdowns. Although our operations have stabilized since the peak of the COVID-19 pandemic, our business and global operations were impacted by supply chain delays, higher material costs and product prices, lower revenues for some quarters, unfavorable foreign currency exchange rates, and, at times, our abilities to obtain needed products and services, operate in certain locations, maintain our distribution channels, and attract and retain talent were affected. A resurgence or development of new strains of COVID-19, or other public health emergencies, could result in unpredictable responses by authorities around the world which could negatively impact our global operations, customers and suppliers.

Table of Contents

will depend on factors such as the duration and scope of infections; governmental, business, and individuals' actions in response to the health crisis; travel and other restrictions; and the impact on economic activity including the possibility of financial market instability or recession. How a pandemic, epidemic, or other public health crises will affect us will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be accurately predicted. Such events may also exacerbate other risks discussed herein, any of which could have a material adverse effect on us.

Prior experience with the Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) pandemic demonstrated widespread, rapidly evolving and unpredictable impacts on global society, economics, financial markets and business practices. Government efforts to contain the pandemic included travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter in place orders and shutdowns. Although our operations have stabilized since the peak of the COVID-19 pandemic, our business and global operations were impacted by supply chain delays, higher material costs and product prices, lower revenues for some quarters, unfavorable foreign currency exchange rates, and, at times, our abilities to obtain needed products and services, operate in certain locations, maintain our distribution channels, and attract and retain talent were affected. A resurgence or development of new strains of COVID-19, or other public health emergencies, could result in unpredictable responses by authorities around the world which could negatively impact our global operations, customers and suppliers.

Risks Related to Litigation

Material adverse legal judgments, fines, penalties or settlements could adversely affect our results of operations, orand our financial condition.

We and certain of our subsidiaries are currently and may in the future become involved in legal and regulatory proceedings and disputes incidental to the operation of our business or the business operations of previously-owned entities. Our business may be adversely affected by the outcome of these proceedings and other contingencies (including, without limitation, contract claims or other commercial disputes, product liability, product defects, environmental matters, intellectual property claims, employment claims, and asbestos-related matters) that cannot be predicted with certainty. These lawsuits may include claims for compensatory damages, punitive and consequential damages, and/or injunctive relief. The defense of these lawsuits may divert our management's attention, we may incur significant expenses in defending these lawsuits, we may experience disruption in supply or sales, and we may be required to pay damage awards or settlements or become subject to equitable remedies that could adversely affect our operations or financial results. Moreover, any insurance or indemnification rights that we may have may be insufficient or unavailable to protect us against the total aggregate amount of losses sustained as a result of such proceedings and contingencies. As required by ~~generally~~U.S. ~~accepted~~Generally ~~accounting~~Accepted ~~principles~~Accounting inPrinciples ~~the United States~~(GAAP), we establish reserves based on our assessment of contingencies. Subsequent developments in legal proceedings and other events could affect our assessment and estimates of the loss contingency recorded as a reserve and we may be required to make additional material payments, which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows. See also Part I, Item 3, "Legal Proceedings," and Part II, Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements Note 20, "Commitments and Contingencies."

The Aldrich and Murray Chapter 11 cases involve various risks and uncertainties that could have a material effect on us.

Our indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries Aldrich and Murray have each filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court. The goal of these Chapter 11 filings is to resolve equitably and permanently all current and future asbestos-related claims in a manner beneficial to claimants, Aldrich and Murray through court approval of a plan of reorganization that would create a trust pursuant to section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, establish claims resolution procedures for all current and future asbestos-related claims against Aldrich and Murray and channel such claims to the trust for resolution in accordance with those procedures. Such a resolution, if achieved, would likely include a channeling injunction to enjoin asbestos claims resolved in the Chapter 11 cases from being filed or pursued against us or our affiliates. The Chapter 11 cases remain pending as of February 65, ~~2025~~2026.

There are a number of risks and uncertainties associated with these Chapter 11 cases, including, among others, those related to:

•the ability to consummate the agreement in principle reached with the court appointed legal representative of future asbestos claimants (the FCR);

•the outcome of negotiations with the committee representing current asbestos claimants (ACC) and other participants in the Chapter 11 cases, including insurers, concerning the terms of a plan of reorganization, including the size and structure of a potential section 524(g) trust to pay the asbestos liability of Aldrich and Murray and the means for funding that trust, and the risk that the ACC will object to, and the risk that insurers will not support, a plan of reorganization having terms acceptable to Aldrich and Murray;

•the actions of representatives of the asbestos claimants, including the ACC's pursuit of certain causes of action against us, ~~following the Bankruptcy Court's grant of the ACC's motion seeking standing to investigate~~ and ~~pursue certain causes of action at a hearing held on January 27, 2022, and~~ other potential actions by the ACC in opposition to, or otherwise inconsistent with, the efforts by Aldrich and Murray to diligently prosecute the Chapter 11 cases and ultimately seek Bankruptcy Court approval of a plan of reorganization;

15•the decisions of the Bankruptcy Court relating to numerous substantive and procedural aspects of the Chapter 11 cases, and other efforts by Aldrich and Murray to diligently prosecute the Chapter 11 cases and ultimately seek Bankruptcy Court approval of a plan of reorganization, whether such decisions are in response to actions of representatives of the asbestos claimants or otherwise;

Table of Contents

•the decisions of the Bankruptcy Court relating to numerous substantive and procedural aspects of the Chapter 11 cases, including in connection with a proceeding by Aldrich and Murray to estimate their aggregate liability for asbestos claims, following the Bankruptcy Court's grant of their motion seeking such a proceeding, and other efforts by Aldrich and Murray to diligently prosecute the Chapter 11 cases and ultimately seek Bankruptcy Court approval of a plan of reorganization, whether such decisions are in response to actions of representatives of the asbestos claimants or otherwise;

•the ultimate determination of the asbestos liability of Aldrich and Murray to be satisfied under a plan of reorganization pursuant to the court-approved estimation proceeding;

•the ability of Aldrich and Murray to obtain the necessary approvals of the Bankruptcy Court or the United States District Court for the Western District of North Carolina (the District Court) of a plan of reorganization;

•the decisions of the appellate courts regarding any orders of the Bankruptcy Court or the District Court that may be appealed, including the Bankruptcy Court's order dated December 28, 2023 denying the motions to dismiss the Chapter 11 cases brought by the ACC and certain individual claimants and any orders of the Bankruptcy Court or District Court approving a plan of reorganization;

Table of Contents

•any orders approving a plan of reorganization and issuing the channeling injunction not becoming final and non-appealable;

•the terms and conditions of any plan of reorganization that is ultimately confirmed in the Chapter 11 cases;

•delays in the confirmation or effective date of a plan of reorganization due to factors beyond the Company's control; and

•the risk that the ultimate amount required under any final plan of reorganization may exceed the amounts agreed to with the FCR in the Plan.

The ability of Aldrich and Murray to successfully reorganize and resolve their asbestos liabilities will depend on various factors, including their ability to reach agreements with representatives of the asbestos claimants on the terms of a plan of reorganization that satisfies all applicable legal requirements and to obtain the requisite court approvals of such plan, and remains subject to the risks and uncertainties described above. We cannot ensure that Aldrich and Murray can successfully reorganize, nor can we give any assurances as to the amount of the ultimate obligations under ~~the~~ Funding Agreements pursuant to which certain subsidiaries are obligated, among other things, to pay the costs and expenses of Aldrich and Murray during the pendency of the Chapter 11 cases to the extent distributions from their respective subsidiaries are insufficient to do so and to provide an amount for the funding for a trust established pursuant to section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent that the other assets of Aldrich and Murray are insufficient to provide the requisite trust funding or any plan of reorganization, or the resulting impact on our financial condition, results of operations or future prospects. We also are unable to predict the timing of any of the foregoing matters or the timing for a resolution of the Chapter 11 cases, all of which could have an impact on us.

It also is possible that, in the Chapter 11 cases, various parties will be successful in bringing claims against us and other related parties, including by successfully challenging the 2020 corporate restructuring, consolidating entities and/or raising allegations that we are liable for the asbestos-related liabilities of Aldrich and Murray as set forth in certain pleadings filed by the ACC in the Chapter 11 cases. Although we believe we have no such responsibility for liabilities of Aldrich and Murray, except indirectly through our obligation to provide funding to Aldrich and Murray under the terms of the Funding Agreements, we cannot provide assurances that such claims will not be successful.

In sum, the outcome of the Chapter 11 cases is uncertain and there is uncertainty as to what extent we may have to contribute to a section 524(g) trust under the Funding Agreements.

For detailed information on the bankruptcy cases of Aldrich and Murray, see Part I, Item 1, "Business - Asbestos-Related Matters," Part I, Item 3, "Legal Proceedings," Part II, Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Significant Matters," and Part II, Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements, and Note 20, "Commitments and Contingencies."

Risks Related to Cybersecurity and Technology

We are subject to risks relating to our information technology systems.

We rely extensively on information technology systems, some of which are supported by third party vendors including cloud-based systems and managed service providers, to manage and operate our business. We invest in new information technology systems designed to improve our operations. These information technology systems can be damaged, disrupted, compromised, or shut down due to cyber attacks, malware, human error or malfeasance (including by employees), power and utility outages, hardware failures, telecommunication issues, or catastrophes or other unforeseen events. If these systems cease to function properly, if these systems experience security breaches or disruptions, or if these systems do not provide the anticipated benefits or if we are unable to commit sufficient resources to maintain and enhance our information technology infrastructure to ensure data quality and to keep pace with continuous development in information processing technology, our ability to manage our operations could be impaired, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.

1618

Table of Contents

pace with continuous development in information processing technology, our ability to manage our operations could be impaired, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.

Security breaches or disruptions of the technology systems, infrastructure or products of the Company or our vendors could negatively impact our business and financial results.

Our information technology systems, networks, connected services, and infrastructure and technology, including artificial intelligence (AI) technology, embedded in certain of our control products have been and are at risk to cyber attacks and unauthorized access. From time to time, vulnerabilities in our products are discovered and updates are made available, but customers are at risk until those updates are applied or other mitigating actions are taken by customers to protect their systems and networks. ~~Like~~Although we maintain processes and procedures designed to mitigate cybersecurity risk, like other large companies, certain of our information technology systems and the systems of our vendors have been subject to computer viruses, malicious code, unauthorized access, phishing attempts, denial-of-service attacks and other cyber attacks and we expect that we and our vendors will be subject to similar attacks in the future. We and some of our third-party suppliers have experienced cyber attacks, and, due to the evolving threat landscape, may continue to experience attacks, potentially with more frequency and severity. Certain of our business partners and third-party vendors may be granted access to our confidential information as well as confidential information about our customers, suppliers, employees, and others, which may be compromised by a cyber attack. WeIn addition, the rapid evolution and increased adoption of AI technologies may intensify our cybersecurity risks, including risks from malicious or misuse of AI to craft increasingly sophisticated cybersecurity attacks against us, our business partners, or our third-party vendors. While we continue to make investments and adopt measures designed to enhance our protection, detection, response, and recovery capabilities, and to mitigate potential risks to our technology, products, services and operations from potential cyber attacks, insufficient controls or other vulnerabilities in our systems and those of our business partners or third-party vendors could result in misappropriation, destruction, exfiltration, or unauthorized disclosure of our information.

The methods used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage information technology systems are constantly changing and evolving. Despite having instituted security policies and enhancing business continuity plans, and implementing and regularly reviewing and updating security controls and related processes and procedures to protect against unauthorized access and requiring similar protections from our vendors, the ever-evolving threats mean we are continually evaluating and adapting our systems and processes and ask our vendors to do the same, and there is no guarantee that such systems and processes will be adequate to safeguard against all data security breaches or misuses of data. Hardware, software, ~~artificial~~AI ~~intelligence~~ technology, or applications we develop or obtain from third parties sometimes contain defects in design or deployment or other problems that could unexpectedly result in security breaches or disruptions. Open source software components embedded into certain software that we use have in the past contained vulnerabilities and others may be discovered in the future. Such vulnerabilities can expose our systems to malware or allow unauthorized third-party access to data, including confidential information about our business, customers, dealers, and suppliers; personally identifiable data related to employees, customers, and other business partners; as well as other sensitive matters. While these issues are not specific to our Company, we are required to take action when such vulnerabilities are identified including patching and modification to certain of our products and enterprise systems. To date, there has been no material business impact from such vulnerabilities, but we continue to monitor these issues and our responses are ongoing. Our systems, networks and certain of our control products and those of our vendors are at risk to system damage, cyber attacks, human errors or misconduct, malware, power and utility outages, and other catastrophic events. Any of these incidents could cause significant harm to our business by negatively impacting our business operations, compromising the security of our proprietary information or the personally identifiable information of our customers, employees and business partners which may be subject to privacy and security laws, regulations and other controls. These events potentially expose us to litigation or other legal actions against us or the imposition of penalties, fines, fees or liabilities. Such events could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows and could damage our reputation which could adversely affect our business. Our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all the costs related to a cyber attack or disruptions resulting from such attacks. Customers are increasingly requiring cybersecurity protections and mandating cybersecurity standards in our products, and we may incur additional costs to comply with such demands.

1719

Table of Contents

Data privacy and protection laws are evolving and present increasing compliance challenges.

The regulatory environment surrounding data privacy and protection is increasingly demanding, with the frequent imposition of new and changing requirements across businesses and geographic areas. We are required to comply with complex regulations when collecting, transferring and using personal data, ~~which~~including the E.U. Global Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), the various state privacy laws, and other regulatory requirements. Compliance with these regulations increases our costs, affects our competitiveness and can expose us to substantial fines or other penalties, and/or additional reporting or other obligations.

Intellectual property infringement claims of others and the inability to protect our intellectual property rights could harm our competitive position.

Our intellectual property (IP) rights are important to our business and include numerous patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, proprietary technology, technical data, business processes, and other confidential information. Although in aggregate we consider our intellectual property rights to be valuable to our operations, we do not believe that our business is materially dependent on a single intellectual property right or any group of them. In our opinion, engineering, production skills and experience are more responsible for our market position than our patents and/or licenses.

Nonetheless, this intellectual property may be subject to challenge, infringement, invalidation or circumvention by third parties. Despite extensive security measures, our intellectual property may be subject to misappropriation through unauthorized access of our information technology systems, employee theft, or theft by private parties or foreign actors, including those affiliated with or controlled by state actors. Our business and competitive position could be harmed by such events. We also rely on nondisclosure and noncompetition agreements with certain employees, contractors, and other parties to protect, in part, trade secrets and other proprietary rights. There can be no assurance that these agreements will adequately protect our trade secrets and other proprietary rights and will not be breached, that we will have adequate remedies for any breach, that others will not independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information, or that third parties will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or other proprietary rights. Our ability to protect our intellectual property rights by legal recourse or otherwise may be limited, particularly in countries where laws or enforcement practices are inadequate or undeveloped. Our inability to enforce our IP rights under any of these circumstances could have an impact on our competitive position and business.

Risks Related to Regulatory Matters

Our reputation, ability to do business and results of operations could be impaired by improper conduct by any of our employees, agents, or business partners, or other third parties.

We are subject to regulation under a wide variety of U.S. federal and state and non-U.S. laws, regulations and policies, including laws related to anti-corruption, anti-human trafficking, anti-bribery including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act, export and import compliance, anti-trust, cybersecurity, data privacy, and money laundering, due to our global operations. We cannot provide assurance our internal controls will always protect us from the improper conduct of our employees, agents, ~~and~~ business partners, or other third parties. Any violations of law or improper conduct could damage our reputation and, depending on the circumstances, subject us to, among other things, civil and criminal penalties, material fines, equitable remedies (including profit disgorgement and injunctions on future conduct), securities litigation and a general loss of investor confidence, any one of which could have a material adverse impact on our business prospects, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and the market value of our stock. We also rely on our suppliers to adhere to our Supplier Code of Conduct, violations of which could adversely affect our business and results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our operations are subject to regulatory risks.

Our U.S. and non-U.S. operations are subject to a number of laws and regulations, including among others, laws related to the environment, commercial trade, technology, and health and safety. We have made, and will be required to continue to make, significant expenditures to comply with these laws and regulations. Any violations of applicable laws and regulations could lead to significant penalties, fines or other sanctions. Changes in current laws and regulations could require us to increase our compliance expenditures, cause us to significantly alter or discontinue offering existing products and services or cause us to develop new products and services. Altering current products and services or developing new products and services to comply with changes in the applicable laws and regulations could require significant research and development investments, increase the cost of providing the products and services and adversely affect the demand for our products and services. The U.S. federal government and various states and municipalities have enacted or may enact legislation intended to deny government contracts to U.S. companies that reincorporate outside of the U.S. or have reincorporated outside of the U.S or may take other actions negatively impacting such companies. If we are unable to effectively respond to changes to applicable laws and regulations, interpretations of applicable laws and regulations, or comply with existing and future laws and regulations, our competitive position, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be materially adversely impacted.

1820

Table of Contents

Global climate change and related regulations could negatively affect our business.

Climate change presents immediate and long-term risks to our Company and to our customers, with the risks expected to increase over time, including, among others, acute physical risks (such as flooding, hurricanes, or wildfires) or chronic physical risks (such as droughts, heat waves, or sea level changes). Our products and operations are subject to and affected by environmental regulation by federal, state and local authorities in the U.S. and regulatory authorities with jurisdiction over our international operations, including with respect to the use, storage, and dependence upon refrigerants which are considered greenhouse gases. Refrigerants are essential to many of our products and there is concern regarding the global warming potential of such materials. As such, national, regional and international regulations and policies have been implemented to curtail the use of certain refrigerants. Some of these regulations could have a negative competitive impact on our company by requiring us to make costly changes to our products, or could make some of our existing HVAC and refrigeration products non-compliant or obsolete. As regulations reduce the use and potential availability of the current class of widely used refrigerants, we are developing and selling our next generation products that utilize lower global warming potential solutions. There can be no assurance that climate change or environmental regulation or deregulation will not have a negative competitive impact on our ability to sell our products or that economic returns will match the investment that we are making in new product development. We face increasing complexity related to product design, the availability and use of materials, the associated energy consumption and efficiency related to the use of products, the transportation and shipping of products, climate change regulations, and the reuse, recycling and/or disposal of products and their components at end-of-use or useful life as we adjust to new and future requirements relating to our transition to a more circular economy. There continues to be a lack of consistent climate legislation, which creates economic and regulatory uncertainty. Such regulatory uncertainty extends to future incentives for energy efficient buildings and vehicles and costs of compliance, which may impact the demand for our products, obsolescence of our products and our results of operations. Changes regarding climate risk management and practices may result in higher regulatory, compliance risks and costs.

WeFailure ~~are on track with our climate commitment~~ to ~~offer~~achieve ~~a full line of next generation products by 2030 without compromising safety or energy efficiency. Additionally, in 2019, we announced~~ our ~~2030 commitment which targets reducing one gigaton – one billion metric tons – of carbon emissions (CO2e) from our customers' footprint by 2030. While we are committed to pursuing these~~ sustainability ~~objectives~~commitments, ~~our~~address ~~ability~~stakeholder toexpectations ~~achieve~~related ~~our sustainability objectives is subject~~ to ~~numerous risks and uncertainties~~sustainability, ~~including~~or ~~increased~~meet ~~operation~~evolving ~~costs~~legal ~~and~~requirements ~~future~~related ~~changes in regulation, and there can be no assurance that we will successfully achieve our commitments. Failure~~ to ~~meet~~sustainability ~~these commitments~~ could ~~result in reputational and other~~ harm to our ~~company.~~reputation, ~~Changes~~business ~~regarding climate risk management and practices may result in higher regulatory~~operations, ~~compliance risks~~ and ~~costs~~financial performance.

We have previously announced certain defined sustainability commitments with a goal of achieving these commitments by 2030. We also periodically announce new initiatives and product innovations that further our sustainability commitments. We are on track with our climate commitment to offer a full line of next generation products by 2030 without compromising safety or energy efficiency. Additionally, in 2019, we announced our 2030 commitment which targets reducing one gigaton – one billion metric tons – of carbon emissions (CO2e) from our customers' footprint by 2030. While we are committed to pursuing these sustainability objectives, our ability to achieve our sustainability objectives is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including increased operating costs and future changes in regulation, and there can be no assurance that we will successfully achieve our commitments or that any future investments we make in furtherance of achieving our sustainability targets and goals will meet investor expectations or any future legal requirements regarding sustainability performance. If we are unable to meet our targets and goals, it could result in reputational and other harm to our company, adverse publicity and reaction from investors, activist groups and other stakeholders, which could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations. Stakeholders are increasingly scrutinizing sustainability practices, and stakeholders' expectations regarding these practices are diverse and rapidly changing. Furthermore, many jurisdictions where we operate have enacted or are in the process of enacting legislation regarding sustainability reporting, monitoring, and other requirements. Failure to meet these evolving legal requirements may subject us to fines, penalties, or other legal obligations.

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Business Operations

Our business strategy includes acquiring businesses, product lines, technologies and capabilities, plants and other assets, entering into joint ventures and making investments that complement our existing businesses. We also occasionally divest businesses that we own. We may not identify acquisition or joint venture candidates or investment opportunities at the same rate as the past. Acquisitions, dispositions, joint ventures and investments that we identify could be unsuccessful or consume significant resources, which could adversely affect our operating results.

Consistent with our growth strategy, we continue to analyze and evaluate the acquisition and divestiture of strategic businesses and product lines, technologies and capabilities, plants and other assets, joint ventures and investments with the potential to, among other things, strengthen our industry position, enhance our existing set of product and services offerings, increase productivity and efficiencies, grow revenues, earnings and cash flow, help us stay competitive or reduce costs. There can be no assurance that we will identify or successfully complete transactions with suitable candidates in the future, that we will consummate these transactions at rates similar to the past or that completed transactions will be successful. Strategic transactions may involve significant cash expenditures, debt incurrence, operating losses and expenses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Such transactions involve numerous other risks, including:

•diversion of management time and attention from daily operations;

•difficulties integrating acquired businesses, technologies and personnel into our business, including doing so without high costs;

•difficulties in obtaining and verifying the financial statements and other business and other due diligence information of acquired businesses;

•inability to obtain required regulatory approvals and/or required financing on favorable terms;

•potential loss of key employees, key contractual relationships or key customers of either acquired businesses or our business;

Table of Contents

•assumption of the liabilities and exposure to unforeseen or undisclosed liabilities of acquired businesses, and exposure to regulatory sanctions;

•inheriting internal control deficiencies;

•dilution of interests of holders of our common shares through the issuance of equity securities or equity-linked securities; and

•in the case of joint ventures and other investments, interests that diverge from those of our partners without the ability to direct the management and operations of the joint venture or investment in the manner we believe most appropriate to achieve the expected value.

Any acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures or investments may ultimately harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, ~~and~~ cash flows., ~~There~~and/or ~~are additional risks related to~~ our ~~Reverse~~stock ~~Morris Trust transaction, see Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors - Risks Related to the Transactions" for more information~~price.

~~Natural disasters or other unexpected catastrophic events may disrupt our operations, adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition, and may not be fully covered by insurance.~~22

Table of Contents

Natural disasters or other unexpected catastrophic events may disrupt our operations and our supply chain, and may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition, and may not be fully covered by insurance.

The occurrence of one or more catastrophic events including hurricanes, fires, earthquakes, floods and other forms of severe weather, health epidemics or pandemics or other contagious outbreaks or other catastrophic events, including wars, conflicts, or terrorism in the U.S. or in other countries in which we operate or are located could adversely affect our operations and financial performance. Natural disasters, power outages, health epidemics or pandemics or other contagious outbreaks or other unexpected events, including wars, conflicts, or acts of terrorism, could result in physical damage to and complete or partial closure of one or more of our plants, temporary or long-term disruption of our operations by causing business interruptions, material scarcity, price volatility or supply chain disruptions. Climate change is a risk multiplier with respect to these physical disasters in both frequency and severity and may affect our global business operations as a result. Existing insurance arrangements may not provide full protection for the costs that may arise from such events, particularly if such events are catastrophic in nature or occur in combination. The occurrence of any of these events could increase our insurance and other operating costs or harm our sales in affected areas.

Our business success depends on attracting, developing, and retaining highly qualified talent.

The skills, experience, ~~and~~ industry knowledge, ofand relationships built by our employees significantly benefit our operations and performance. The market for employees and leaders with certain skills and experiences is very competitive, and difficulty attracting, developing, and retaining members of our management team and key employees, or a failure to adequately ensure effective succession planning or knowledge transfer, could have a negative effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition. Maintaining a positive and inclusive culture and work environment, offering attractive compensation, benefits, and development opportunities, and effectively implementing processes and technology that enable our employees to work effectively and efficiently are important to our ability to attract and retain employees.

Our business may be adversely affected by temporary work stoppages, union negotiations, labor disputes and other matters associated with our labor force.

Certain of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements or works councils. We experience from time-to-time temporary work stoppages, union negotiations, labor disputes and other matters associated with our labor force and some of these events could result in significant increases in our cost of labor, impact our productivity or damage our reputation. Additionally, a work stoppage at one of our suppliers could materially and adversely affect our operations if an alternative source of supply were not readily available. Stoppages by employees of our customers could also result in reduced demand for our products.

Risks Relating to Tax Matters

Changes in tax or other laws, regulations or treaties, changes in our status under U.S. or non-U.S. laws or adverse determinations by taxing or other governmental authorities could increase our tax burden or otherwise affect our financial condition or operating results, as well as subject our shareholders to additional taxes.

The taxes associated with our operations and corporate structure could be impacted by changes in tax or other laws, treaties or regulations or the interpretation or enforcement thereof by the U.S. or non-U.S. tax or other governmental authorities. Even after legislation is enacted, further guidance, regulations and technical corrections pertaining to the legislation continue to be issued by the tax authorities, some of which may have retroactive application (including regulations and other guidance promulgated under the One Big Beautiful Bill Act of 2025 (OBBBA)). We continue to monitor and review new guidance and regulations as they are issued, as any changes could have a material adverse effect on our financial statements. In addition, governmental authorities are actively engaged in formulating new legislative proposals. Any future legislative changes to the tax laws and judicial or regulatory interpretation thereof, the geographic mix of earnings, changes in overall profitability, and other factors could also materially impact our effective tax rate.

Table of Contents

We continue to monitor for other tax changes, U.S. (including state and local) and non-U.S. related, which can also adversely impact our overall tax burden. From time to time, proposals have been made and/or legislation has been introduced to change the tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof of various jurisdictions or limit tax treaty benefits that if enacted or implemented could materially increase our tax burden and/or effective tax rate and could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) framework consisting of an agreed set of international rules for fighting base erosion and profit shifting, including Pillar One and Pillar Two, will adversely impact us as these rules are enacted into law in countries in which we do business. On December 12, 2022, the European Union (EU) Member States agreed in principle on the introduction of a global minimum tax rate (proposed 15% minimum tax rate). On December 18, 2023, Ireland (our parent company jurisdiction) enacted laws related to this minimum tax, effective January 1, 2024. Our effective tax rate has been adversely impacted by these changes; we continue to monitor the effects of proposed and enacted legislative changes, in Ireland and elsewhere.

Table of Contents

In addition to the above, the European Commission has been very active in investigating whether various tax regimes or private tax rulings provided by a country to particular taxpayers may constitute State Aid. We cannot predict the outcome of any of these potential changes or investigations in any of the jurisdictions, but if any of the above occurs and impacts us, this could materially increase our tax burden and/or effective tax rate and could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

While we monitor proposals and other developments that would materially impact our tax burden and/or effective tax rate and investigate our options, we could still be subject to increased taxation on a prospective basis no matter what action we undertake if certain legislative proposals or regulatory changes are enacted, certain tax treaties are amended and/or our interpretation of applicable tax or other laws is challenged and determined to be incorrect. In particular, any changes and/or differing interpretations of applicable tax law that have the effect of disregarding the shareholders' decision to reorganize in Ireland, limiting our ability to take advantage of tax treaties between jurisdictions, modifying or eliminating the deductibility of various currently deductible payments, or increasing the tax burden of operating or being resident in a particular country could subject us to increased taxation.

In addition, tax authorities periodically review tax returns filed by us and can raise issues regarding our filing positions, timing and amount of income or deductions, and the allocation of income among the jurisdictions in which we operate. These examinations on their own, or any subsequent litigation related to the examinations, may result in additional taxes or penalties against us. If the ultimate result of these audits differs from our original or adjusted estimates, they could have a material impact on our tax provision.

Risks Related to our Reverse Morris Trust Transaction

On February 29, 2020 (Distribution Date), we completed our Reverse Morris Trust transaction (the Transaction) with Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (Gardner Denver, which changed its name to Ingersoll Rand Inc. (Ingersoll Rand) after the Transaction) whereby we distributed Ingersoll-Rand U.S. HoldCo, Inc., which contained our former Industrial segment (Ingersoll Rand Industrial) through a pro rata distribution (the Distribution) to shareholders of record as of February 24, 2020 (Spin-off Shareholders). Ingersoll Rand Industrial then merged with a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ingersoll Rand. Upon close of the Transaction, the Spin-off Shareholders received approximately 50.1% of the shares of Ingersoll Rand common stock on a fully-diluted basis and Gardner Denver shareholders retained approximately 49.9% of the shares of Ingersoll Rand on a fully diluted basis. As a result, Spin-off Shareholders received 0.8824 shares of Ingersoll Rand common stock with respect to each share of our stock owned as of February 24, 2020. In connection with the Transaction, we received a special cash payment of $1.9 billion.

If the Distribution as part of our Reverse Morris Trust Transaction is determined to be taxable for Irish tax purposes, significant Irish tax liabilities may arise for the Spin-off Shareholders.

We received an opinion from Irish Revenue regarding certain tax matters associated with the Distribution, as well as a legal opinion from our Irish counsel Arthur Cox LLP, regarding certain Irish tax consequences of the Distribution for the Spin-off Shareholders. For the Spin-off Shareholders who are not resident or ordinarily resident in Ireland for Irish tax purposes and who do not hold their shares in connection with a trade or business carried on by such Spin-off Shareholders through an Irish branch or agency, we consider, based on both opinions taken together, that no adverse Irish tax consequences for such Spin-off Shareholders should have arisen. These opinions relied on certain facts and assumptions and certain representations. Notwithstanding the opinion from Irish Revenue, Irish Revenue could ultimately determine on audit that the Distribution is taxable for Irish tax purposes, for example, if it determines that any of these facts, assumptions or representations are not correct or have been violated. A legal opinion represents the tax adviser's best legal judgment and is not binding on Irish Revenue or the courts and Irish Revenue or the courts may not agree with the legal opinion. In addition, the legal opinion is based on current law and cannot be relied upon if current law changes with retroactive effect. If the Distribution ultimately is determined to be taxable for Irish tax purposes, we and the Spin-off Shareholders could have significant Irish tax liabilities as a result of the

Table of Contents

Distribution, and there could be a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in future reporting periods.

If the Distribution together with certain related transactions do not qualify as tax-free under Sections 355 and 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, including as a result of subsequent acquisitions of stock of the Company or Ingersoll Rand, then the Company and the Spin-off Shareholders may be required to pay substantial U.S. federal income taxes, and Ingersoll Rand may be obligated to indemnify the Company for such taxes imposed on the Company.

At the time of the Distribution, we received an opinion from our U.S. tax counsel Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (Paul Weiss) substantially to the effect that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Distribution together with certain related transactions undertaken in anticipation of the Distribution and taking into account the merger of Ingersoll Rand Industrial with the wholly-owned subsidiary of Ingersoll Rand will qualify as a tax-free transaction under Sections 368(a), 361 and 355 of the Internal Revenue Code (the Code), with the result that we and the Spin-off Shareholders will not recognize any gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the spin-off. The opinion of our counsel was based on, among other things, certain representations and assumptions as to factual matters made by Ingersoll Rand, Ingersoll Rand Industrial and the Company. The failure of any factual representation or assumption to be true, correct and complete in all material respects could adversely affect the validity of the opinion of counsel. An opinion of counsel represents counsel's best legal judgment, is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) or the courts, and the IRS or the courts may not agree with the opinion. In addition, an opinion will be based on current law, and cannot be relied upon if current law changes with retroactive effect. If the Distribution, and/or related internal transactions in anticipation of the Distribution ultimately are determined to be taxable, we could incur significant U.S. federal income tax liabilities, which could cause a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in future reporting periods, although if this determination resulted from certain actions taken by Ingersoll Rand Industrial or Ingersoll Rand, Ingersoll Rand would be required to bear the cost of any resultant tax liability pursuant to the terms of the Tax Matters Agreement dated February 29, 2020, among Ingersoll-Rand Plc, Ingersoll-Rand Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l, Ingersoll-Rand Services Company, Ingersoll-Rand U.S. HoldCo, Inc., and Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (Tax Matters Agreement).

The Distribution will be taxable to the Company pursuant to Section 355(e) of the Code if there is a 50% or greater change in ownership of either the Company or Ingersoll Rand Industrial, directly or indirectly (including through such a change in ownership of Ingersoll Rand), as part of a plan or series of related transactions that include the Distribution. A Section 355(e) change of ownership would not make the Distribution taxable to the Spin-off Shareholders, but instead may result in corporate-level taxable gain to certain of our subsidiaries. Because the Spin-off Shareholders will collectively be treated as owning more than 50% of the Ingersoll Rand common stock following the merger, the merger alone should not cause the Distribution to be taxable to our subsidiaries under Section 355(e). However, Section 355(e) might apply if other acquisitions of stock of the Company before or after the merger, or of Ingersoll Rand before or after the merger, are considered to be part of a plan or series of related transactions that include the Distribution together with certain related transactions. If Section 355(e) applied, certain of our subsidiaries might recognize a very substantial amount of taxable gain, although if this applied as a result of certain actions taken by Ingersoll Rand Industrial, Ingersoll Rand or certain specified Ingersoll Rand stockholders, Ingersoll Rand would be required to bear the cost of any resultant tax liability under Section 355(e) pursuant to the terms of the Tax Matters Agreement.

If the merger does not qualify as a tax-free reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Code, the Spin-off Shareholders may be required to pay substantial U.S. federal income taxes.

On the Distribution Date, we have received an opinion from Paul Weiss, and Ingersoll Rand received an opinion from their counsel Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, substantially to the effect that the merger will qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code with the result that U.S. holders of Ingersoll Rand Industrial common stock who received Ingersoll Rand common stock in the merger will not recognize any gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes (except with respect to cash received in lieu of fractional shares of Ingersoll Rand common stock). These opinions were based upon, among other things, certain representations and assumptions as to factual matters made by Ingersoll Rand, the Company, Ingersoll Rand Industrial and the merger subsidiary used by Ingersoll Rand. The failure of any factual representation or assumption to be true, correct and complete in all material respects could adversely affect the validity of the opinions. An opinion of counsel represents counsel's best legal judgment, is not binding on the IRS or the courts, and the IRS or the courts may not agree with the opinion. In addition, the opinions are based on current law, and cannot be relied upon if current law changes with retroactive effect. If the merger were taxable, U.S. holders of the common stock of Ingersoll Rand Industrial would be considered to have made a taxable sale of their Ingersoll Rand Industrial common stock to Ingersoll Rand, and such U.S. holders of Ingersoll Rand Industrial would generally recognize taxable gain or loss on their receipt of Ingersoll Rand common stock in the merger.

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Irish Domicile

Irish law differs from the laws in effect in the United States and may afford less protection to holders of our securities.

The United States currently does not have a treaty with Ireland providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters. As such, there is some uncertainty as to whether the courts of Ireland would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or our directors or officers based on U.S. federal or state civil liability laws, including the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal or state securities laws, or hear actions against us or those persons based on those laws.

As an Irish company, we are governed by the Irish Companies Act, which differs in some material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and shareholders, including, among others, differences relating to interested director and officer transactions, indemnification of directors and shareholder lawsuits. Likewise, the duties of directors and officers of an Irish company generally are owed to the company only. Shareholders of Irish companies generally do not have a personal right of action against directors or officers of the company and may exercise such rights of action on behalf of the company only in limited circumstances. Accordingly, holders of our securities may have more difficulty protecting their interests than would holders of securities of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction of the United States. In addition, Irish law does not allow for any form of legal proceedings directly equivalent to the shareholder class action available in the United States.

Irish law allows shareholders to authorize share capital which then can be issued by a board of directors without shareholder approval. Also, subject to specified exceptions, Irish law grants statutory pre-emptive rights to existing shareholders to subscribe for new issuances of shares for cash but allows shareholders to authorize the waiver of the statutory pre-emptive rights with respect to any particular allotment of shares. Under Irish law, we must have authority from our shareholders to issue any shares, including shares that are part of the Company's authorized but unissued share capital. In addition, unless otherwise authorized by its shareholders, when an Irish company issues shares for cash to new shareholders, it is required first to offer those shares on the same or more favorable terms to existing shareholders on a pro-rata basis. If we are unable to obtain these authorizations from our shareholders or are otherwise limited by the terms of our authorizations, our ability to issue shares or otherwise raise capital could be adversely affected.

Table of Contents

Dividends and share repurchases are subject to uncertainty and could be modified, accelerated, or discontinued, which could affect the price of our common stock.

Quarterly cash dividends are an important component of our capital allocation strategy, which we have historically funded primarily with operating free cash flow. Although we expect to pay a competitive and growing dividend, we are not required to pay any dividend and our dividend may be discontinued, accelerated, suspended or delayed at any time without prior notice. Furthermore, the amount of such dividends may be changed, and the amount, timing and frequency of such dividends may vary from historical practice or from our stated expectations. In addition, although our Board of Directors has granted us authority to repurchase our shares under a share repurchase program, we are not required to repurchase any shares, and any previous share repurchases do not necessarily denote our expectations of future share repurchases. Important factors that could cause us to discontinue, limit, suspend, increase or delay our quarterly cash dividends or share repurchase program include market conditions, the market price of our common stock, the nature and timing of other investment and acquisition opportunities, changes in our business strategy, the terms of our financing arrangements, our outlook as to the ability to obtain financing at attractive rates, the impact on our credit ratings, changes in tax laws, and appropriate liquidity.

Dividends received by our shareholders may be subject to Irish dividend withholding tax.

In certain circumstances, we are required to deduct Irish dividend withholding tax (currently at the rate of 25%) from dividends paid to our shareholders. In the majority of cases, shareholders resident in the United States will not be subject to Irish withholding tax, and shareholders resident in a number of other countries will not be subject to Irish withholding tax provided that they complete certain Irish dividend withholding tax forms. However, some shareholders may be subject to withholding tax, which could have an adverse impact on the price of our shares.

Dividends received by our shareholders could be subject to Irish income tax.

Dividends paid in respect of our shares will generally not be subject to Irish income tax where the beneficial owner of these dividends is exempt from dividend withholding tax, unless the beneficial owner of the dividend has some connection with Ireland other than his or her shareholding in Trane Technologies plc.

Our shareholders who receive their dividends subject to Irish dividend withholding tax will generally have no further liability to Irish income tax on the dividends unless the beneficial owner of the dividend has some connection with Ireland other than his or her shareholding in Trane Technologies plc.

Table of Contents

Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

Item 1C. CYBERSECURITY

We maintain a cybersecurity program and framework as set forth in our cybersecurity policies and standards. The foundation of our cybersecurity program is based on the National Institute of Standards and Technology ("NIST") Cybersecurity Framework, which includes a set of controls to prevent, detect, and respond to cybersecurity threats and incidents. These controls include constant monitoring, log collection and analysis, threat hunting and intelligence surveillance, and regular vulnerability scans/penetration tests. Additionally, in furtherance of assessing, identifying and managing material cybersecurity risks, we:

•Leverage technology solutions, including proactive detection tools, to protect our assets and detect threats in our environment;

•Perform regular internal assessments of our cybersecurity program against the NIST Cybersecurity Framework. The results of these assessments are then reviewed and, based on such findings, action plans are developed and progress tracked through completion;

•Analyze both internal and external cybersecurity incidents and related threat intelligence to determine applicability to our environment and industry. Findings from such analyses are then reviewed and utilized to create action plans where applicable and relevant to our environment and industry;

•Maintain an enterprise-wide disaster recovery governance program, which includes cybersecurity-related disaster recovery standards and compliance procedures related thereto;

•Regularly perform cybersecurity-related disaster recovery testing to ensure that the Company's mission-critical systems are recoverable, in support of the business continuity needs of our various business lines;

•Maintain an operational technology (OT) security program to address cyber risks that are inherent and unique to our industry and manufacturing environment;

Table of Contents

•Maintain a centralized product security program that unifies company-wide strategy to ensure our customer-facing products and services are secure by design; and

•Integrate each of our business and corporate groups with our internal cybersecurity team to ensure cybersecurity requirements are embedded into operating environments as appropriate, which drives business strategies, budgeting, and similar processes. In addition, senior and executive management, as well as our Board of Directors, regularly review our financial planning processes for these areas, inclusive of our cybersecurity programs.

Any changes or additions to our cybersecurity program and related practices and procedures described above in response to cybersecurity needs are reviewed by our executive management, Board of Directors and Audit Committee.

We regularly engage independent third-parties and auditors to assess our cybersecurity program and practices and assist in the mitigation of risk. The effectiveness of our cybersecurity environment is regularly tested by internal personnel and these third-parties. These assessments are performed in connection with standards and requirements under the Payment Card Industry (PCI) data security standard, Sarbanes-Oxley Act (SOX), and the U.S. Department of Defense, cybersecurity capability maturity benchmarking and voluntary certifications by us, such as the Service Organization Control Type 2 (SOC 2). The results of these audits and assessments are promptly reviewed and enhancements are made to our cybersecurity program and practices based on such findings as appropriate. We also maintain a cybersecurity third party risk management program which evaluates third parties that either host or have access to our data and/or systems to ensure that they are aligned with our security requirements. The program includes initial review, ongoing monitoring and contractual agreements with cybersecurity requirements to ensure third party services meet our standards for such providers, and the cybersecurity risks associated with the use of these services is acceptable.

Like other comparable-sized companies, our information technology systems, networks and infrastructure and technology embedded in certain of our control products have been and may continue to be vulnerable to cyber-attacks and unauthorized security intrusions. These types of attacks may include computer viruses, malicious code, unauthorized access, phishing attempts, denial-of-service attacks, among others. For more information about these and other cybersecurity risks faced by us, see Part IA, Item 1A, "Risk Factors - Risks Related to Cybersecurity and Technology."

Our Board of Directors has ultimate oversight for risks relating to our cybersecurity program and practices and receives regular updates from our internal cybersecurity team on cybersecurity risks and threats. In addition, our Audit Committee provides Board-level oversight for management's actions with respect to practices, procedures and controls used to identify, assess and manage our key cybersecurity programs and risks. The Audit Committee receives a report from our Chief Information Security Officer on cybersecurity matters at least twice per year. We also maintain an Enterprise Risk Intelligence Committee (ERIC), a management-level cross-functional group designed to monitor and mitigate risks, including cybersecurity risks, that pose a threat to our strategic objectives. The ERIC is charged with providing guidance and direction for integrating enterprise risk intelligence with important business processes, such as strategic planning, business forecasting, operational management, and investment allocation to ensure consistent consideration of risks in decision making. Finally, we maintain an Enterprise Cybersecurity Governance Committee (ECGC) that presents updates on cybersecurity initiatives, known and emerging issues and risks, and program updates to a cross-section of our senior management. ERIC members are leaders responsible for assessing, managing, and reporting on enterprise risks, including, but not limited to, Cybersecurity. ECGC members are leaders whose roles and responsibilities require engagement with and input into the enterprise Cybersecurity program. Members involved in these committees possess experience across general management, risk management, cybersecurity and technology.

2426

Table of Contents

intelligence with important business processes, such as strategic planning, business forecasting, operational management, and investment allocation to ensure consistent consideration of risks in decision making. Finally, we maintain an Enterprise Cybersecurity Governance Committee that presents updates on cybersecurity initiatives, known and emerging issues and risks, and program updates to a cross-section of our senior management.

Item 2. PROPERTIES

As of December 31, ~~2024~~2025, we owned or leased approximately 3031 million square feet of space worldwide. Manufacturing and assembly operations are principally conducted in 3638 plants across the world. We also maintain various warehouses, offices, technology centers, and repair centers throughout the world. The majority of our plant facilities are owned by us with the remainder under long-term lease arrangements. We believe that our plants have been well maintained, are generally in good condition and are suitable for conducting our business.

The locations of our principal plant facilities, by segment, at December 31, ~~2024~~2025 were as follows:

Americas EMEA Asia Pacific Arecibo, Puerto Rico Barcelona, Spain Bangkok, Thailand Charlotte, North Carolina Bari, Italy Taicang, China Clarksville, Tennessee Charmes, France Wujiang, China Columbia, South Carolina Conselve, Italy Zhongshan, China Fort Smith, Arkansas Essen, Germany Fremont, Ohio Galway, Ireland Grand Rapids, Michigan Golbey, France Greenville, South Carolina Jettingen-Scheppach, Germany Hastings, Nebraska King Abdullah Economic City, Saudi Arabia La Crosse, Wisconsin Kolin, Czech Republic Lynn Haven, Florida ~~Tribano~~Leipheim, ~~Italy~~Germany Monterrey, Mexico ~~Wittenberg~~Tribano, ~~Germany~~Italy Noblesville, Indiana Wittenberg, Germany Pueblo, Colorado Rushville, Indiana St. Paul, Minnesota Trenton, New Jersey Tyler, Texas Vidalia, Georgia Waco, Texas York, Pennsylvania

Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the normal course of business, we are involved in a variety of lawsuits, claims and legal proceedings, commercial and contract disputes, employment matters, product liability and product defect claims, asbestos-related claims, environmental liabilities, intellectual property disputes, and tax-related matters. In our opinion, pending legal matters are not expected to have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity or cash flows.

The most significant litigation facing the Company is the asbestos-related bankruptcy cases of Aldrich and Murray. For detailed information on the bankruptcy cases of Aldrich and Murray, see Part I, Item 1, "Business - Asbestos-Related Matters," Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors - Risks Related to Litigation," Part II, Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Significant Matters," Part II, Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements, and Note 20, "Commitments and Contingencies."

Item 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

None.

2527

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Information regarding the principal market for our ordinary shares and related shareholder matters is as follows:

Our ordinary shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol TT. As of January 3130, ~~2025~~2026, the approximate number of record holders of ordinary shares was 2,~~171~~067.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table provides information with respect to purchases of our ordinary shares during the quarter ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025:

Period

Total number of shares purchased (000's) (a) (b)

Average price paid per share (a) (b)

Total number of shares purchased as part of program (000's) (a)

Approximate dollar value of shares still available to be purchased under the program ($000's) (a)

October 1 - October 31

~~266~~285.8

~~393~~422.8118

~~266~~285.0

14,~~499~~879,~~772~~537

November 1 - November 30

~~354~~88.62

~~402~~422.9181

~~354~~87.69

14,~~356~~842,~~912~~360

December 1 - December 31

~~268~~187.0

~~400~~395.0652

~~267~~186.87

14,~~249~~768,~~772~~514

Total

~~889~~561.40

~~399~~413.3240

~~888~~559.46

(a) Share repurchases are made from time to time in accordance with management's capital allocation strategy, subject to market conditions and regulatory requirements. Repurchases occur in the open market or through one or more other public or private transactions pursuant to plans complying with Rules 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. In ~~February 2022, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $3.0 billion of our ordinary shares (2022 Authorization) and in~~ December 2024, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to ~~an additional~~ $5.0 billion of our ordinary shares (2024 Authorization) ~~upon the completion of the 2022 Authorization~~. During the fourth quarter of ~~2024~~2025, we repurchased approximately $~~355~~231 million of our ordinary shares, consistent with our capital allocation strategy, leaving $14.28 billion remaining under the ~~2022 Authorization and $5.0 billion remaining under the~~ 2024 Authorization.

(b) We may also reacquire shares outside of the repurchase program from time to time in connection with the surrender of shares to cover taxes on vesting of share-based awards. We reacquired ~~791~~826 shares in October, 14305 shares in November, and ~~168~~243 shares in December in transactions outside the repurchase programs.

2628

Table of Contents

Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our ordinary shares with the cumulative total return on (i) the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index and (ii) the Standard & Poor's 500 Industrial Index for the five years ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025. The graph assumes an investment of $100 in our ordinary shares, the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index and the Standard & Poor's 500 Industrial Index on December 31, ~~2019~~2020 and assumes the reinvestment of dividends.

Company/Index

~~2019~~2020

~~2020~~2021

~~2021~~2022

~~2022~~2023

~~2023~~2024

~~2024~~2025

Trane Technologies

100

~~144~~141

~~202~~119

~~171~~176

~~252~~269

~~386~~286

S&P 500

100

~~118~~129

~~152~~105

~~125~~133

~~157~~166

~~197~~196

S&P 500 Industrials Index

100

~~111~~121

~~134~~114

~~127~~135

~~150~~158

~~176~~189

Item 6. [Reserved]

2729

Table of Contents

Item 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed under Item 1A. Risk Factors in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following section is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information, including our financial statements and the notes thereto, which appears elsewhere in this Annual Report.

This section discusses ~~2024~~2025 and ~~2023~~2024 significant items affecting our consolidated operating results, financial condition and liquidity and provides a year-to-year comparison between ~~2024~~2025 and ~~2023~~2024. Discussions of ~~2022~~2023 significant items and year-to-year comparisons between ~~2023~~2024 and ~~2022~~2023 have been excluded in this Form 10-K and can be found in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, ~~2023~~2024.

Overview

Organizational

Trane Technologies plc is a global climate innovator. We bring sustainable and efficient solutions to buildings, homes and transportation through our strategic brands, Trane® and Thermo King®, and our environmentally responsible portfolio of products, services and connected intelligent controls.

2030 Sustainability Commitments

Our commitment to sustainability extends to the environmental and social impacts of our people, operations, products and services. We have announced ambitious 2030 Sustainability Commitments, including our Gigaton Challenge to reduce customers' carbon emissions by a billion metric tons through sustainable products and services. We are also Leading by Example as we work toward carbon-neutral operations, zero waste-to-landfill and net positive water use in water-stressed locations. We also committed to reducing embodied carbon in our products by 40%, while also designing products for circularity. Our 2030 emissions reduction targets have been validated by the Science Based Targets Initiative (SBTi), and we are one of very few companies worldwide with validated 2050 net-zero targets. Finally, our Opportunity for All commitment focuses on investing in our people and our uplifting and inclusive culture, and broadening access to ~~Science, Technology, Engineering and Math (~~STEM) education and careers in our communities.

Recent Acquisitions

~~During~~On ~~the~~January ~~third~~2, ~~quarter of 2024~~2025, we completed ~~acquisitions~~the acquisition of ~~two~~BrainBox ~~businesses~~AI Inc., ~~One~~a ~~acquisition~~building ismanagement aplatform ~~Commercial~~for HVAC ~~distributor~~optimization, ~~with~~using ~~sales~~advanced ~~and~~AI ~~service business in the United States~~technologies. The ~~second~~results ~~acquisition~~of isthe ~~a technology-focused~~ acquisition ~~that~~are ~~expands~~reported within the ~~Company's~~Americas ~~product~~segment ~~offerings~~and inare ~~the~~included ~~Transport~~in ~~Refrigeration~~our ~~business.~~consolidated ~~The~~financial ~~results~~statements offrom ~~both~~the ~~acquisitions~~date ~~are~~of ~~reported within~~ the ~~Americas segment~~acquisition.

~~The~~In ~~Company completed~~ the ~~acquisition~~first half of ~~two businesses in January~~ 2025., ~~One~~we ~~acquisition~~also isacquired amultiple ~~Commercial~~distributors ~~HVAC distributor~~ with sales and service ~~business~~businesses in ~~Belgium~~Europe ~~and~~that ~~Luxembourg.~~are ~~The results of the acquisition will be~~ reported ~~within~~in the EMEA segment. The second acquisition is a building management platform for HVAC optimization, using advanced artificial intelligence technologies. The results of the acquisition will be reported within the Americas segment. The results of the acquisitions will be included in our consolidated financial statements from the ~~date~~dates of ~~the acquisitions~~acquisition.

Subsequent to the balance sheet date of December 31, 2025, the Company completed multiple acquisitions. The Company acquired two Transport refrigeration distributors with sales and service businesses that will be reported in the Americas and EMEA segments from their respective dates of acquisition. The Company also acquired a 49% interest in Kieback&Peter, a provider of building automation hardware, software and solutions across the building lifecycle and energy management. The Company's minority interest will be reported as an equity method investment within the EMEA segment.

Significant Matters

Reorganization of Aldrich and Murray

On June 18, 2020 (Petition Date), our indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, Aldrich and Murray each filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code. As a result of the Chapter 11 filings, all asbestos-related lawsuits against Aldrich and Murray have been stayed due to the imposition of a statutory automatic stay applicable in Chapter 11 bankruptcy cases. Only Aldrich and Murray have filed for Chapter 11 relief. Neither Aldrich's wholly-owned subsidiary, 200 Park, Murray's wholly-owned subsidiary, ClimateLabs, nor the Trane Companies are part of the Chapter 11 filings.

2830

Table of Contents

Aldrich and its wholly-owned subsidiary 200 Park and Murray and its wholly-owned subsidiary ClimateLabs were deconsolidated as of the Petition Date and their respective assets and liabilities were derecognized from our Consolidated Financial Statements.

InOn August 26, 2021, the Company announced that Aldrich and Murray reached an agreement in principle with the ~~court-appointed~~FCR ~~legal~~in ~~representative of future asbestos claimants (~~the ~~FCR)~~bankruptcy ~~and filed a motion to create a $270~~proceedings.0 ~~million~~The ~~trust~~agreement ~~intended~~in toprinciple ~~constitute~~includes athe ~~"qualified~~key ~~settlement~~terms ~~fund"~~for ~~within~~ the ~~meaning~~permanent resolution of ~~the~~all ~~Treasury~~current ~~Regulations~~and ~~under~~future ~~Section~~asbestos ~~468B~~claims ofagainst ~~the~~Aldrich ~~Internal~~and ~~Revenue~~Murray ~~Code~~pursuant ~~(QSF).~~to Ona ~~January~~plan ~~27,~~of ~~2022,~~reorganization (the ~~Bankruptcy~~Plan). ~~Court~~Under ~~granted~~ the ~~request~~agreed toterms, ~~fund~~ the ~~QSF,~~Plan ~~which~~would ~~was~~create ~~funded~~a ontrust ~~March~~pursuant 2,to ~~2022,~~section ~~resulting~~524(g) ~~in an operating cash outflow~~ of ~~$270.0~~the ~~million~~Bankruptcy ~~reported~~Code inand ~~our~~establish ~~Consolidated~~claims ~~Statements~~resolution ofprocedures ~~Cash~~for ~~Flows,~~all ofcurrent ~~which~~and ~~$91.8~~future ~~million~~claims ~~was~~against ~~allocated~~Aldrich ~~to continuing operations~~ and ~~$178.2~~Murray ~~million~~(Asbestos ~~was allocated to discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2022~~Claims).

On ~~April~~September 624, ~~2023~~2021, ~~certain~~Aldrich ~~individual~~and ~~claimants~~Murray filed athe ~~motion~~Plan towith ~~dismiss~~ the ~~Chapter~~Bankruptcy ~~11 cases (Claimant Motion to Dismiss)~~Court. ~~Subsequently,~~The onPlan ~~May~~is ~~15,~~supported ~~2023,~~by ~~the~~and ~~committee~~reflects ~~representing current asbestos claimants (~~the ~~ACC)~~agreement ~~filed~~in ~~its~~principle ~~own~~reached ~~motion to dismiss the Chapter 11 cases (ACC Motion to Dismiss, and, together~~ with the ~~Claimant~~FCR. ~~Motion~~On ~~to Dismiss,~~ the ~~Motions~~same ~~to Dismiss). Aldrich~~date, ~~Murray and the FCR filed responses~~ in ~~opposition~~connection towith the ~~Motions to Dismiss~~Plan, ~~and the Company filed papers joining in~~ Aldrich and Murray's ~~opposition.~~filed Aa ~~hearing~~motion ~~on the Motions~~ to ~~Dismiss~~create ~~was~~a ~~held on July 14, 2023~~$270.0 Onmillion ~~December~~trust ~~28,~~intended ~~2023, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order denying the Motions~~ to ~~Dismiss.~~constitute Ona ~~January~~"qualified ~~11,~~settlement ~~2024,~~fund" ~~the~~within ~~ACC and~~ the ~~individual~~meaning ~~claimants~~of ~~filed motions with~~ the ~~United~~Treasury ~~States~~Regulations ~~District~~under ~~Court~~Section ~~for~~468B ~~the District~~ of ~~North Carolina (~~the ~~District~~Internal ~~Court)~~Revenue ~~seeking~~Code ~~leave to appeal the order denying the Motions to Dismiss~~ (~~Motions for Leave to Appeal~~QSF) ~~and to certify the appeals directly to the Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit~~. AtOn aJanuary ~~hearing on February 9~~27, ~~2024~~2022, the Bankruptcy Court granted the ~~motions~~request to ~~certify~~fund ~~direct appeals to~~ the ~~Fourth Circuit. On April 17~~QSF, ~~2024,~~which ~~the~~was ~~Fourth~~funded ~~Circuit~~on ~~entered~~March ~~an order denying the petitions for direct appeal. On May 1~~2, ~~2024~~2022, ~~the~~resulting ~~ACC~~in ~~and~~an ~~the~~operating ~~individual~~cash ~~claimants~~outflow ~~filed~~of ~~petitions with the Fourth Circuit seeking rehearing en banc~~$270.0 ~~Aldrich~~million ~~and~~reported ~~Murray~~in ~~opposed~~our ~~the~~Consolidated ~~petitions~~Statements ~~and~~of ~~the~~Cash ~~Fourth~~Flows, ~~Circuit~~of ~~denied~~which ~~the petitions by order dated May 15, 2024~~$91.8 Onmillion ~~May~~was ~~28,~~allocated ~~2024, Aldrich and Murray filed their response with the District Court in opposition~~ to ~~the~~continuing ~~Motions~~operations ~~for~~and ~~Leave to Appeal~~$178.2 ~~The~~million ~~FCR~~was ~~filed~~allocated ~~its response~~ to ~~the~~discontinued ~~Motions~~operations for ~~Leave to Appeal on May 29, 2024. The ACC and~~ the ~~individual~~year ~~claimants~~ended ~~filed~~December ~~their replies in support of the Motions for Leave to Appeal on June 11~~31, ~~2024~~2022.

OnCertain individual claimants and the ACC filed Motions to dismiss the bankruptcy proceedings on April 6, 2023 and May 15, 2023, respectively (the Motions to Dismiss). The Bankruptcy Court denied the Motions to Dismiss, and the District Court and the Fourth Circuit declined to review the Bankruptcy Court's ruling. In addition, on January 23, 2023, an individual claimant filed a motion to lift the automatic ~~order~~stay imposed by the Bankruptcy Code to pursue its asbestos suit against Aldrich and Murray notwithstanding the Chapter 11 cases (the Stay Relief Motion). Aldrich and Murray, the FCR, and certain non-debtor affiliates each opposed the Stay Relief Motion. The Bankruptcy Court denied the Stay Relief Motion. ~~after~~The ~~holding~~individual claimant filed a ~~hearing~~notice onappealing ~~March~~the ~~30,~~order ~~2023. The~~denying ~~Bankruptcy~~the ~~Court~~Stay ~~entered~~Relief anMotion ~~order~~to ~~memorializing~~the ~~its~~U.S. ~~March~~District ~~oral~~Court ~~ruling~~for onthe ~~November~~Western ~~13,~~District ~~2024~~of North Carolina (the District Court). The ~~individual~~District ~~claimant~~Court ~~filed~~has aentered ~~notice~~an ~~with~~order ~~the~~staying ~~Bankruptcy~~all ~~Court~~deadlines ~~appealing~~in the appeal of the order denying the Stay Relief Motion topending the ~~District~~outcome ~~Court~~of ona ~~November~~separate ~~27,~~appeal ~~2024~~before the Fourth Circuit in another bankruptcy case pending in the Bankruptcy Court.

It is not possible to predict ~~how~~whether the ~~District~~Bankruptcy Court will ~~rule~~approve onthe ~~these~~terms ~~pending~~of ~~motions~~the Plan, ~~whether~~what anthe ~~appellate~~extent ~~court~~of ~~will~~the ~~affirm~~asbestos orliability ~~reverse~~will ~~the~~be ~~Bankruptcy~~or ~~Court~~how ~~orders~~long ~~denying~~ the ~~Motions~~Chapter to11 ~~Dismiss~~cases ~~and~~will ~~the~~last. ~~Stay~~On ~~Relief~~December ~~Motion~~17, ~~whether~~2025, the Bankruptcy Court ~~will~~granted ~~approve~~ the ~~terms~~FCR's motion ofto streamline the ~~Plan,~~Bankruptcy ~~what~~Court ~~the~~proceedings ~~extent~~to ofestimate the Debtors' asbestos-related ~~liability~~liabilities. ~~will~~The befirst orphase ~~how~~of ~~long~~the estimation hearing will commence the ~~Chapter~~week 11of ~~cases~~August ~~will~~10, ~~last~~2026. The Chapter 11 cases remain pending as of February 65, ~~2025~~2026.

For detailed information on the bankruptcy cases of Aldrich and Murray, see Part I, Item 1, "Business - Asbestos-Related Matters," Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors - Risks Related to Litigation," Part I, Item 3, "Legal Proceedings," and Part II, Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements, and Note 20, "Commitments and Contingencies."

Table of Contents

Trends and Economic Events

We are a global corporation with worldwide operations. As a global business, our operations are affected by worldwide, regional and industry-specific economic factors as well as geopolitical, environmental and social factors wherever we operate or do business. Our geographic diversity and the breadth of our products and services portfolios have helped mitigate the impact of any one industry or the economy of any single country on our consolidated operating results.

Given our broad range of products manufactured and geographic markets served, management uses a variety of factors to predict the outlook for the Company. We monitor key competitors and customers in order to gauge relative performance and the outlook for the future. We regularly perform detailed evaluations of the different market segments we serve to proactively detect trends and to adapt our strategies accordingly, including potential triggers and actions to be taken under recessionary and other macroeconomic scenarios. In addition, we believe our backlog and order levels are indicative of future revenue and thus are a key measure of anticipated performance.

WeConditions ~~expect conditions to~~ remain mixed across our served end markets and geographies. Overall Commercial HVAC markets in Americas and EMEA remain strong due to demand for our differentiated customer driven solutions and the benefits of installing energy efficient products and decarbonizing the built environment. In Asia, markets ~~are~~remain ~~more~~ dynamic, with ~~weak~~mixed macro-economic conditions ~~driving~~across ~~soft demand in China and more stable macro-economic conditions driving modest demand in~~ the ~~rest of Asia~~region. Transport refrigeration markets ~~are~~continue ~~experiencing~~to ~~lower~~experience ~~demand~~weaker ~~as freight rates remain low~~demand, particularly in the United States. Residential markets ~~in the United States~~ have ~~improved~~weakened inconsiderably ~~2024~~throughout ~~but~~2025 ~~are~~due ~~undergoing~~to navigating a regulatory refrigerant transition ~~which~~and ~~could~~softer ~~bring~~consumer ~~short-term variation in~~ demand, ~~and~~while uncertainties remain from economic risks and higher interest rates.

~~We continue to see material and wage inflation impact our cost structure.~~ Our performance may be impacted by future developments that are uncertain. Geopolitical risks and macroeconomic ~~events~~developments, including changes in global trade policies, tariffs and other measures could cause disruptions to operations, supply chains, end markets, financial markets and overall economic conditions which could negatively impact our business.

We believe we have a solid foundation of global brands that are highly differentiated in all of our major product lines. Our geographic mix, diversity of our portfolio, and our large installed product base, provide growth opportunities from replacement demand and within our service revenue streams. Additionally, we are investing substantial resources to innovate and develop new products and services which we expect to drive future growth.31

Table of Contents

We continue to monitor macroeconomic indicators and uncertainties resulting from the tariffs announced and implemented by the United States in 2025, as well as the tariffs imposed by other countries in response. These global trade policy changes continue to be dynamic and, as a result, we may experience supply chain challenges, commodity cost volatility, and consumer and economic uncertainty. We believe our business operating system, our in-region for region strategy, and strength in execution will enable us to navigate potential risks stemming from these recent events.

We believe we have a solid foundation of global brands that are highly differentiated in all of our major product lines. Our geographic mix, our diverse portfolio, and our large installed product base, provide growth opportunities from replacement demand and within our service revenue streams. Additionally, we are investing substantial resources to innovate and develop new products and services which we expect to drive future growth.

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Organic Revenue

We define organic revenue as net revenues adjusted for the impact of currency, acquisitions and divestitures. Organic revenue is not defined under U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures used by other companies and should not be considered a substitute for revenue as determined in accordance with GAAP. Selected references are made to revenue growth on an organic basis so that certain financial results can be viewed without the impacts of fluctuations in foreign currency rates and acquisitions, thereby providing comparisons of operating performance from period to period of the business that we have owned during both periods presented. We believe organic revenue growth provides investors with useful supplemental information about our revenues in both periods presented.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

We define Segment Adjusted EBITDA as net earnings excluding interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, restructuring, ~~non-cash adjustments for contingent consideration,~~ merger and acquisition~~-related~~ transaction costs, unallocated corporate expenses, discontinued operations and other significant non-recurring or non-cash items. Segment Adjusted EBITDA, and ratios based on it, are used in the development of annual operating plans, including capital expenditure and operational budgets, and in measuring performance against targets for purposes of incentive compensation. Segment Adjusted EBITDA also provides a useful tool for assessing the operating performance and comparability between periods and our ability to generate cash because it excludes the impact of certain non-cash or non-recurring items that can vary significantly from period to period. Segment Adjusted EBITDA is not defined under GAAP and may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures used by other companies and should not be considered a substitute for net earnings or other results as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Segment Adjusted Operating Income

We define Segment Adjusted Operating Income as operating income adjusted to exclude restructuring costs, merger and acquisition~~-related~~ transaction costs, ~~non-cash adjustments for contingent consideration~~ and other significant non-recurring or non-cash items. Segment Adjusted Operating Income, and ratios based on it, are used to provide a comprehensive view of segment profitability and evaluate efficient returns on assets. Segment Adjusted Operating Income also provides a useful tool for assessing the comparability between periods because it eliminates non-recurring items that can vary from period to period. Segment Adjusted Operating Income is not defined under GAAP and may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures used by other companies and should not be considered a substitute for net earnings or other results as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Year Ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, ~~2023~~2024 - Consolidated Results

Dollar amounts in millions

~~2024~~2025

~~2023~~2024

Period Change

~~2024~~2025 % of revenues

~~2023~~2024 % of revenues

Net revenues

1921,~~838~~321.29

1719,~~677~~838.62

21,~~160~~483.67

Cost of goods sold

(1213,~~757~~611.7)

(1112,~~820~~757.47)

(~~937~~854.30)

6463.38%

6664.93%

Gross profit

7,~~080~~710.52

57,~~857~~080.25

~~1,223~~629.37

3536.72%

3335.17%

Selling and administrative expenses

(3,~~580~~742.48)

(23,~~963~~580.24)

(~~617~~162.24)

1817.16%

1618.71%

Operating income

3,~~500~~967.14

23,~~894~~500.01

~~606~~467.13

1718.6%

1617.46%

Interest expense

(~~238~~226.47)

(~~234~~238.54)

(311.9)7

Other income/(expense), net

(1962.91)

(9219.29)

72(42.32)

Earnings before income taxes

3,~~241~~678.86

23,~~567~~241.38

~~674~~436.58

Provision for income taxes

(~~627~~705.69)

(~~498~~627.46)

(~~129~~78.23)

Earnings from continuing operations

2,~~614~~972.27

2,~~068~~614.92

~~545~~358.35

Discontinued operations, net of tax

(2437.70)

(2724.27)

2(12.53)

Net earnings

2,~~589~~935.57

2,~~041~~589.75

~~547~~346.82

3133

Table of Contents

Net Revenues

Net revenues for the year ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025 increased by 127.25%, or $21,~~160~~483.67 million, compared with the same period of ~~2023~~2024.

The components of the period change were as follows:

Volume	93.42	%
Pricing	2.3.0	%
Organic revenue (1)	116.72	%
Acquisitions	1.0.8	%
Currency translation	(0.5)	%
Total	127.25	%

(1) Represents a non-GAAP measure. For more information, see "Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

The increase in Net revenues was primarily driven by higher volumes as a result of stronger end-customer demand within our Americas and EMEA segments, realization of price increases and incremental revenue from acquisitions~~, partially offset by an unfavorable impact from foreign currency translation~~. Refer to "Results by Segment" below for a discussion of Net revenues by segment.

Gross Profit Margin

Gross profit margin for the year ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025 increased ~~260~~50 basis points to 3536.72% compared to 3335.17% for the same period of ~~2023~~2024 primarily due to gross productivity and price realization, partially offset by inflation.

Selling and Administrative Expenses

Selling and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025 increased by 204.85%, or $~~617~~162.24 million, compared with the same period of ~~2023~~2024. The increase in Selling and administrative expenses was primarily driven by an increase in human capital costs related to investing in our people, higher sales commissions, incremental selling and administrative expenses of acquired businesses and higher levels of business reinvestment. Additionally, non-cash adjustments to contingent consideration reduced Selling and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025 and December 31, ~~2023~~2024 by $2561.02 million and $4925.30 million, respectively. Selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of Net revenues for the year ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025 ~~increased~~decreased ~~140~~50 basis points from 1618.71% to 17.6%. Excluding the effect of contingent consideration adjustments, Selling and administrative expenses were 17.8% and 18.12% of Net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by 1.7% or $3.9 million compared with the same period of 2023 primarily due to the issuance of $500 million of 5.100% Senior Notes due in 2034. The increase in interest expense was partially offset by an increase in interest income from short-term investments purchased with proceeds from the debt issuance, which is reported in Other (income)/expense, net. We had no commercial paper outstanding as of December 31, 2024.

Provision for Income Taxes

The 2025 and 2024 effective tax rate was 19.2% and 19.4%, respectively, which was ~~lower~~higher than the ~~U.S.~~Irish ~~Statutory~~statutory rate of 2112.5% primarily due to ~~excess tax benefits from employee share-based payments and~~ earnings inthat ~~non-U.S. jurisdictions, which,~~ in the aggregate have a ~~lower~~higher ~~effective~~statutory tax rate, ~~and~~U.S. ~~includes~~federal, ~~the~~state ~~impact of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation~~ and ~~Development~~local ~~(OECD)~~income ~~tax reform initiative (Pillar Two)~~taxes, partially offset by ~~U.S.~~excess ~~state~~tax ~~and~~benefits ~~local taxes. Revenues~~ from ~~non~~employee share-~~U.S.~~based ~~jurisdictions~~payments, ~~accounted~~release ~~for approximately 26%~~ of ~~our~~valuation ~~total~~allowance ~~2024~~on ~~revenues,~~certain ~~such that a material portion of our pretax~~ income ~~was~~tax ~~earned~~credits and ~~taxed outside~~ the U.S. atResearch ~~rates~~and upDevelopment ~~to 38%~~credit. When comparing the results of multiple reporting periods, among other factors, the mix of earnings ~~between~~among ~~U.S.~~global ~~and foreign~~ jurisdictions can cause variability in our overall effective tax rate.

~~The~~Year ~~2023~~Ended ~~effective~~December 31, ~~tax~~2025 ~~rate~~Compared ~~was 19.4% which was lower than the U.S. Statutory rate of 21% due~~ to a $30.3 million reduction in valuation allowances primarily related to deferred tax assets associated with both foreign tax credits and operations of international subsidiaries. Additional items that impact the ~~effective~~Year ~~tax~~Ended ~~rate are excess tax benefits from employee share-based payments and earnings in non-U.S. jurisdictions~~December 31, ~~which~~2024 ~~in aggregate have a lower effective tax rate offset by an impairment of an equity investment, and U.S. state and local taxes. Revenues from non~~-~~U.S.~~ ~~jurisdictions~~Segment accounted for approximately 28% of our total 2023 revenues, such that a material portion of our pretax income was earned and taxed outside the U.S. at rates up to 38%. When comparing the results of multiple reporting periods, among other factors, the mix of earnings between U.S. and foreign jurisdictions can cause variability in our overall effective tax rate.Results

Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2024 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2023 - Segment Results

We operate under three reportable segments designed to create deep customer focus and relevance in markets around the world. Intercompany sales between segments are immaterial.

•Our EMEA segment innovates for customers in the Europe, Middle East and Africa region. The EMEA segment encompasses heating, cooling and ventilation systems and services, energy services and solutions ~~for commercial buildings~~, and transport refrigeration systems and solutions.

~~The following discussion compares our results for each of our three reportable segments for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023.~~34

Dollar amounts in millions	2024			2023			% Change
Americas
Net revenues	$	15,903.2		$	13,832.0		15.0	%
Segment Adjusted EBITDA	3,318.3			2,669.6			24.3	%
Segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net revenues	20.9		%	19.3		%
EMEA
Net revenues	$	2,556.7		$	2,401.2		6.5	%
Segment Adjusted EBITDA	505.1			464.7			8.7	%
Segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net revenues	19.8		%	19.4		%
Asia Pacific
Net revenues	$	1,378.3		$	1,444.4		(4.6)	%
Segment Adjusted EBITDA	329.3			321.3			2.5	%
Segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net revenues	23.9		%	22.2		%
Total Net revenues	$	19,838.2		$	17,677.6		12.2	%
Total Segment Adjusted EBITDA	4,152.7			3,455.6			20.2	%
Total Segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net revenues	20.9		%	19.5		%

Table of Contents

The following discussion compares our results for each of our three reportable segments for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024.


Dollar amounts in millions	2025			2024			% Change

Americas
Net revenues	$	17,168.8		$	15,903.2		8.0	%
Segment Adjusted EBITDA	3,713.4			3,318.3			11.9	%
Segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net revenues	21.6		%	20.9		%

EMEA
Net revenues	$	2,802.1		$	2,556.7		9.6	%
Segment Adjusted EBITDA	512.7			505.1			1.5	%
Segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net revenues	18.3		%	19.8		%

Asia Pacific
Net revenues	$	1,351.0		$	1,378.3		(2.0)	%
Segment Adjusted EBITDA	323.5			329.3			(1.8)	%
Segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net revenues	23.9		%	23.9		%

Total Net revenues	$	21,321.9		$	19,838.2		7.5	%
Total Segment Adjusted EBITDA	4,549.6			4,152.7			9.6	%
Total Segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net revenues	21.3		%	20.9		%

Americas

Net revenues for the year ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025 increased by 158.0% or $21,~~071~~265.26 million, compared with the same period of ~~2023~~2024.

The components of the period change were as follows:

Volume	113.6	%
Pricing	23.78	%
Organic revenue (1)	147.34	%
Acquisitions	1.0.7	%
Currency translation	(0.31)	%
Total	158.0	%

The increase in organic revenue was primarily driven by realization of price increases and higher volumes led by strong demand within ~~both~~ our Commercial HVAC ~~and~~business, ~~Residential~~which ~~HVAC~~was ~~businesses~~partially ~~and~~offset ~~realization~~by ofweaker ~~price~~volume ~~increases~~in ~~for both equipment and services within~~ our ~~Commercial~~Residential ~~HVAC~~ business~~, partially offset by softer transport markets~~.

The increase in revenue from acquisitions primarily relates to ~~Helmer~~a ~~Scientific~~channel ~~Inc~~acquisition ~~(Helmer)~~completed ~~acquired~~ in the ~~second~~third quarter of ~~2023,~~2024 ~~Nuvolo Technologies Corporation (Nuvolo) acquired in the fourth quarter of 2023~~ and aacquisitions ~~Commercial~~completed ~~HVAC sales channel acquisition~~ in the ~~third~~first quarter of ~~2024~~2025.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025 increased by ~~160~~70 basis points to 2021.96% compared to 1920.39% for the same period of ~~2023~~2024 primarily due to price realization, ~~gross productivity~~ and ~~higher~~gross ~~volumes~~productivity, partially offset by inflation and continued business reinvestment.

Table of Contents

EMEA

Net revenues for the year ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025 increased by 69.56% or $~~155~~245.54 million, compared with the same period of ~~2023~~2024.

The components of the period change were as follows:

Volume	43.97	%
Pricing	(0.93)	%
Organic revenue (1)	53.84	%
Acquisitions	12.32	%
Currency translation	(04.6)0	%
Total	69.56	%

The increase in organic revenue was ~~primarily~~ driven by ~~strong~~higher ~~customer~~volumes ~~demand~~ within our Commercial HVAC ~~business~~ and ~~realization of price increases within both our Commercial HVAC and~~ Transport ~~Refrigeration~~refrigeration businesses.

The increase in revenue from acquisitions primarily relates to ~~MTA~~acquisitions ~~acquired~~completed in the ~~second~~first ~~quarter~~half of ~~2023~~2025.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025 ~~increased~~decreased by 40150 basis points to 1918.83% compared to 19.48% for the same period of ~~2023~~2024 primarily due to ~~favorable~~integration ~~productivity~~costs ~~and~~related ~~price,~~to ~~partially offset by inflation~~acquisitions, continued business reinvestment and ~~loss~~inflation, ~~from~~partially aoffset ~~devaluation~~by offavorable ~~the Egyptian pound~~productivity.

Asia Pacific

Net revenues for the year ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025 decreased by 42.60% or $6627.13 million, compared with the same period of ~~2023~~2024.

The components of the period change were as follows:

Volume	(4.2.9)	%
Pricing	10.24	%
Organic revenue (1)	(32.05)	%
Currency translation	(10.6)5	%
Total	(42.60)	%

34The decrease in organic revenue was primarily driven by lower volumes in China, partially offset by higher volumes in the rest of Asia.

~~Table~~Segment ofAdjusted ~~Contents~~EBITDA margin for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 remained flat at 23.9%.

The decrease in organic revenue was primarily driven by lower volumes in China, partially offset by realization of price increases within our Commercial HVAC business and higher volumes in the rest of Asia.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by 170 basis points to 23.9% compared to 22.2% for the same period of 2023 primarily due to gross productivity and price realization, partially offset by lower volumes, inflation and continued business reinvestment.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We assess our liquidity in terms of our ability to generate cash to fund our operating, investing and financing activities. In doing so, we review and analyze our current cash on hand, the number of days our sales are outstanding, inventory turns, capital expenditure commitments and income tax payments. Our cash requirements primarily consist of the following:

•Business reinvestment

•Funding of working capital

•Debt service requirements

•Funding of capital expenditures

•Dividend payments

•Funding of acquisitions, joint ventures and equity investments

•Share repurchases

Our primary sources of liquidity include cash balances on hand, cash flows from operations, proceeds from debt offerings, commercial paper, and borrowing availability under our existing credit facilities. We earn a significant amount of our operating income in jurisdictions where it is deemed to be permanently reinvested. Our most prominent jurisdiction of operation is the U.S. We expect existing cash and cash equivalents available to the U.S. operations, the cash generated by our U.S. operations, our committed credit lines as well as our expected ability to access the capital and debt markets will be sufficient to fund our U.S. operating and capital needs for at least the next twelve months and thereafter for the foreseeable future. In addition, we expect existing non-U.S. cash and cash equivalents and the cash generated by our non-U.S. operations will be sufficient to fund our non-U.S. operating and capital needs for at least the next twelve months and thereafter for the foreseeable future. The maximum aggregate amount of unsecured commercial paper notes available to be issued, on a private placement basis, under the commercial paper program is $2.0 billion, of which we had no outstanding balance as of December 31, 2024.

As of December 31, 2024, we had $1,590.1 million of cash and cash equivalents on hand, of which $1,423.0 million was held by non-U.S. subsidiaries. Cash and cash equivalents held by our non-U.S. subsidiaries are generally available for use in our U.S. operations via intercompany loans, equity infusions or via distributions from direct or indirectly owned non-U.S. subsidiaries for which we do not assert permanent reinvestment. In general, repatriation of cash to the U.S. can be completed with no significant incremental U.S. tax. However, to the extent that we repatriate funds from non-U.S. subsidiaries for which we assert permanent reinvestment to fund our U.S. operations, we would be required to accrue and pay applicable non-U.S. taxes. As of December 31, 2024, we currently have no plans to repatriate funds from subsidiaries for which we assert permanent reinvestment.36

Share repurchases are made in accordance with our balanced capital allocation strategy, subject to market conditions and regulatory requirements. In February 2022, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $3.0 billion of our ordinary shares (2022 Authorization) and in December 2024, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to an additional $5.0 billion of our ordinary shares (2024 Authorization) upon the conclusion of the 2022 Authorization. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we repurchased and canceled approximately $1.3 billion of ordinary shares, leaving $1.2 billion remaining under the 2022 Authorization and $5.0 billion remaining under the 2024 Authorization. Additionally, during the period after December 31, 2024 through January 31, 2025, we repurchased approximately $100 million of our ordinary shares under the 2022 Authorization.

We expect to pay a competitive and growing dividend. Since the launch of Trane Technologies in March 2020, we have increased our quarterly dividend per share by 58%, from $0.53 to $0.84 per ordinary share, or $2.12 to $3.36 per share annualized. All four 2024 quarterly dividends were paid during the year ended December 31, 2024. In February 2025, our Board of Directors declared an increase in our quarterly share dividend by 12%, from $0.84 to $0.94 per ordinary share, or $3.36 to $3.76 per share annualized starting in the first quarter of 2025.

We continue to actively manage and strengthen our business portfolio to meet the current and future needs of our customers. We achieve this partly through engaging in research and development and sustaining activities and partly through acquisitions. Sustaining activities include costs incurred to reduce production costs, improve existing products, create custom solutions for customers and provide support to our manufacturing facilities. Each year, we make investments in new product development and new technology innovation as they are key factors in achieving our strategic objectives as a leader in the climate sector. In addition, we make investments in technology and business for our operational sustainability programs. Our research and development and sustaining costs account for approximately 2% of annual Net revenues.

Table of Contents

Inmaximum ~~pursuing~~aggregate ~~our~~amount ~~business~~of ~~strategy,~~unsecured wecommercial ~~routinely~~paper ~~conduct~~notes ~~discussions,~~available ~~evaluate~~to ~~targets~~be ~~and enter into agreements regarding possible acquisitions~~issued, ~~divestitures,~~on ~~joint~~a ~~ventures~~private ~~and~~placement ~~equity investments. We have acquired several businesses~~basis, ~~entered~~under ~~into~~the ~~joint~~commercial ~~ventures~~paper ~~and~~program ~~invested~~is ~~in companies that complement existing products and services further enhancing our product portfolio~~$2.0 Webillion, ~~deployed capital~~ of ~~approximately~~which ~~$197~~we ~~million~~had ~~and~~no ~~$881 million~~outstanding tobalance ~~acquisitions~~as ~~and~~of ~~equity investments completed during the years ended~~ December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. In 2024, we committed capital of approximately $470 million attributable to acquisitions and equity investments that were signed in 2024 and were closed in 2024 or in January 2025.

As of December 31, 2025, we had $1,763.3 million of cash and cash equivalents on hand, of which $1,653.8 million was held by non-U.S. subsidiaries. Cash and cash equivalents held by our non-U.S. subsidiaries are generally available for use in our U.S. operations via intercompany loans, equity infusions or via distributions from direct or indirectly owned non-U.S. subsidiaries for which we do not assert permanent reinvestment. In general, repatriation of cash to the U.S. can be completed with no significant incremental U.S. tax. However, to the extent that we repatriate funds from non-U.S. subsidiaries for which we assert permanent reinvestment to fund our U.S. operations, we would be required to accrue and pay applicable non-U.S. taxes. As of December 31, 2025, we currently have no plans to repatriate funds from subsidiaries for which we assert permanent reinvestment.

Share repurchases are made in accordance with our balanced capital allocation strategy, subject to market conditions and regulatory requirements. In February 2022, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $3.0 billion of our ordinary shares (2022 Authorization) and in December 2024, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to an additional $5.0 billion of our ordinary shares (2024 Authorization) upon the conclusion of the 2022 Authorization. During the year ended December 31, 2025, we repurchased and canceled $1.5 billion of ordinary shares, which exhausted the 2022 Authorization and left $4.8 billion remaining under the 2024 Authorization. Additionally, during the period after December 31, 2025 through January 30, 2026, we repurchased approximately $89 million of our ordinary shares under the 2024 Authorization.

We expect to pay a competitive and growing dividend. Since the launch of Trane Technologies in March 2020, we have increased our quarterly dividend per share by 77%, from $0.53 to $0.94 per ordinary share, or $2.12 to $3.76 per share annualized. All four 2025 quarterly dividends were paid during the year ended December 31, 2025. In February 2026, our Board of Directors declared an increase in our quarterly share dividend by 12%, from $0.94 to $1.05 per ordinary share, or $3.76 to $4.20 per share annualized starting in the first quarter of 2026.

In pursuing our business strategy, we routinely conduct discussions, evaluate targets and enter into agreements regarding possible acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures and equity investments. We have acquired several businesses, entered into joint ventures and invested in companies that complement existing products and services further enhancing our product portfolio. We deployed capital of approximately $278 million and $197 million to acquisitions and equity investments completed during the years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. In 2025 and through January 2026, we committed capital of approximately $720 million attributable to acquisitions and equity investments that were closed in 2025 or are expected to close in the first quarter of 2026.

We incur costs associated with restructuring initiatives intended to result in improved operating performance, profitability and working capital levels. Actions associated with these initiatives may include workforce reductions, improving manufacturing productivity, realignment of management structures and rationalizing certain assets. We believe that our existing cash balances, anticipated cash flow from operations, committed credit lines and access to the capital markets will be sufficient to fund share repurchases, dividends, research and development, sustaining activities, business portfolio changes and ongoing restructuring actions.

Certain of our subsidiaries entered into Funding Agreements with Aldrich and Murray pursuant to which those subsidiaries are obligated, among other things, to pay the costs and expenses of Aldrich and Murray during the pendency of the Chapter 11 cases to the extent distributions from their respective subsidiaries are insufficient to do so and to provide an amount for the funding for a trust established pursuant to section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent that the other assets of Aldrich and Murray are insufficient to provide the requisite trust funding. During the third quarter of 2021, Aldrich and Murray filed a motion with the Bankruptcy Court to create a $270.0 million qualified settlement fund (QSF). The funds held in the QSF would be available to provide funding for the Section 524(g) Trust upon effectiveness of the Plan. On January 27, 2022, the Bankruptcy Court granted the request to fund the QSF, which was funded on March 2, 2022.

Table of Contents

Liquidity

The following table contains several key measures of our financial condition and liquidity at the periods ended December 31:

In millions

~~2024~~2025

~~2023~~2024

Cash and cash equivalents

1,~~590~~763.13

1,~~095~~590.31

Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt

~~452~~693.20

~~801~~452.92

Long-term debt

43,~~318~~922.1

34,~~977~~318.91

Total debt

4,~~770~~615.31

4,~~779~~770.83

Total Trane Technologies plc shareholders' equity

78,~~457~~579.42

67,~~995~~457.24

Total equity

78,~~486~~600.9

7,~~017~~486.09

Debt-to-total capital ratio

3834.9

4038.59

Debt and Credit Facilities

As of December 31, ~~2024~~2025, our short-term obligations of $693.0 million primarily consist of current maturities of $~~157~~399.29 million that mature in ~~June~~March ~~2025~~2026 and $~~295~~293.01 million of fixed rate debentures that contain a put feature that the holders may exercise on each anniversary of the issuance date. If exercised, we are obligated to repay in whole or in part, at the holder's option, the outstanding principal amount (plus accrued and unpaid interest) of the debentures held by the holder. In accordance with notice requirements as specified in the offering documents, holders had the option to exercise puts up to $37.2 million for settlement in February ~~2025~~2026 but did not exercise such option. In accordance with notice requirements as specified in the offering documents, holders will have the option to exercise puts up to $~~257~~256.80 million for settlement in November ~~2025~~2026. We also maintain a commercial paper program which is used for general corporate purposes. Under the program, the maximum aggregate amount of unsecured commercial paper notes available to be issued, on a private placement basis, is $2.0 billion as of December 31, ~~2024~~2025. We had no commercial paper outstanding at December 31, ~~2024~~2025 and December 31, ~~2023~~2024. See Note 7, "Debt and Credit Facilities," to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the terms of our short-term obligations.

Our long-term obligations primarily consist of long-term debt with final maturity dates ranging between ~~2026~~2027 and 2049. In addition, we maintain two $1.0 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facilities, one of which matures in ~~June~~April ~~2026~~2027 and the other which matures in ~~April~~May ~~2027~~2030. The facilities provide support for our commercial paper program and can be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes. Total commitments of $2.0 billion were unused at December 31, ~~2024~~2025 and December 31, ~~2023~~2024. See Note 7, "Debt and Credit Facilities," to the Consolidated Financial Statements and further below in Supplemental Guarantor Financial Information for additional information regarding the terms of our long-term obligations and their related guarantees.

3638

Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The following table reflects the major categories of cash flows for the years ended December 31, respectively. For additional details, please see the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In millions

~~2024~~2025

~~2023~~2024

Net cash provided by continuing operating activities

3,~~177~~220.74

23,~~426~~177.87

Net cash used in continuing investing activities

(~~562~~640.90)

(~~1,172~~562.29)

Net cash used in continuing financing activities

(2,~~020~~495.68)

(12,~~350~~020.36)

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by continuing operating activities for the year ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025 was $3,~~177~~220.74 million, of which net income provided $23,~~938~~502.80 million after adjusting for non-cash transactions. Net cash provided by continuing operating activities for the year ended December 31, ~~2023~~2024 was $23,~~426~~177.87 million, of which net income provided $2,~~499~~938.68 million after adjusting for non-cash transactions. The year-over-year increase in net cash from continuing operating activities was primarily due to higher net earnings ~~and an improved cash conversion cycle~~.

Investing Activities

Cash flows from investing activities represents inflows and outflows regarding the purchase and sale of assets. Primary activities associated with these items include capital expenditures, proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment, acquisitions, funding of joint ventures and other equity investments and purchases and sales of short-term investments. During the year ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025, net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations was $~~562~~640.90 million. The primary drivers of the usage were attributable to capital expenditures of $~~370~~383.60 million and acquisitions of businesses of $~~180~~276.30 million, net of cash acquired. During the year ended December 31, ~~2023~~2024, net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations was $~~1,172~~562.29 million. The primary drivers of the usage ~~was~~were attributable to ~~acquisition~~capital expenditures of ~~businesses,~~$370.6 ~~which~~million ~~totaled~~and acquisitions of businesses of $~~862~~180.83 million, net of cash acquired~~, and capital expenditures of $300~~.~~7 million.~~

Financing Activities

Cash flows from financing activities represent inflows and outflows that account for external activities affecting equity and debt. Primary activities associated with these actions include paying dividends to shareholders, repurchasing our own shares, net proceeds from debt issuances and proceeds from shares issued in connection with incentive plans. During the year ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025, net cash used in financing activities from continuing operations was $2,~~020~~495.68 million. The primary drivers of the outflow related to the repurchase of $1,~~280~~481.83 million in ordinary shares, ~~and~~ dividends paid to ordinary shareholders of $~~757~~837.53 million~~. In addition~~, weand ~~received $498.5 million in proceeds from~~ the ~~issuance~~repayment of ~~5.100% Senior Notes due 2034, which was offset by the redemption of~~ $~~500~~157.0 3 million of ~~3.550%~~Debentures ~~Senior Notes~~ that matured in ~~November~~June ~~2024~~2025. During the year ended December 31, ~~2023~~2024, net cash used in financing activities from continuing operations was $12,~~350~~020.36 million. The primary drivers of the outflow related to ~~dividends~~the ~~paid~~repurchase ~~to ordinary shareholders~~ of $~~683~~1,280.78 million in ordinary shares and ~~the~~dividends ~~repurchase~~paid to ordinary shareholders of $~~669~~757.35 million ~~in ordinary shares~~. In addition, we received $~~699~~498.15 million in proceeds from the issuance of 5.~~250~~100% Senior Notes due March ~~2033~~2034, which was offset by the redemption of $~~700~~500.0 million of 3.550% Senior Notes ~~due~~that ~~June~~matured ~~2023~~in November 2024.

3739

Table of Contents

Free Cash Flow

Free cash flow is a non-GAAP measure and defined as Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities adjusted for capital expenditures, cash payments for restructuring, legacy legal liability, ~~transformation costs and~~ merger and acquisition (M&A) ~~related~~transaction costs ~~less~~and ~~insurance~~proceeds ~~settlements~~from onsale ~~property~~of ~~claims~~corporate ~~and~~asset less an adjustment for our special three-year Outperformance Incentive Program. This measure is useful to management and investors because it is consistent with management's assessment of our operating cash flow performance. The most comparable GAAP measure to free cash flow is Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities. Free cash flow may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures used by other companies and should not be considered a substitute for Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities in accordance with GAAP.

A reconciliation of Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities to free cash flow the years ended December 31 is as follows:

In millions	~~2024~~2025		~~2023~~2024
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities	$	3,~~177~~220.74	$	23,~~426~~177.87
Capital expenditures	(~~370~~383.60)		(~~300~~370.76)
Cash payments for restructuring	822.65		128.36
Legacy legal liability	20.76		—2.7
Transformation costs paid	—		3.9
M&A transaction costs	6.2		1.7
M&A transaction costs	1.7		18.9
Proceeds from sale of corporate asset	20.6		—
Insurance settlements on property claims	—		(10.0)
Adjustment for Outperformance Incentive Program(2)	—		(31.1)
Adjustment for Outperformance Incentive Program (2)	(31.1)		—
Free cash flow(1)	$	2,887.3	$	2,789.0
Free cash flow (1)	$	2,789.0	$	2,151.2

(1) Represents a non-GAAP measure.

(2) The Company implemented a special three-year Outperformance Incentive Program during the year ended December 31, 2024 that provides additional incentive-based cash compensation to eligible participants based primarily on the achievement of outsized revenue performance beyond what is achievable under the Company’s existing short-term incentive programs. Performance is measured over three annual periods representing the years ended December 31, 2024, 2025 and 2026. Cash payments related to performance achieved will be made in the quarter ended March 31, 2027. This adjustment represents amounts earned in the respective performance period that will be paid during the quarter ended March 31, 2027.

Pension Plans

Our investment objective in managing defined benefit plan assets is to ensure that all present and future benefit obligations are met as they come due. We seek to achieve this goal while trying to mitigate volatility in plan funded status, contribution and expense by better matching the characteristics of the plan assets to that of the plan liabilities. We use a dynamic approach to asset allocation to increase fixed income assets as the plan's funded status improves. We monitor plan funded status and asset allocation regularly in addition to investment manager performance. In addition, we monitor the impact of market conditions on our defined benefit plans on a regular basis. None of our defined benefit pension plans have experienced a significant impact on their liquidity due to market volatility. See Note 11, "Pension and Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions," to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding pensions.

Capital Resources

Based on historical performance and current expectations, we believe our cash and cash equivalents balance, the cash generated from our operations, our committed credit lines and our expected ability to access capital markets, including our commercial paper program, will satisfy our working capital needs, capital expenditures, dividends, share repurchases, upcoming debt maturities, and other liquidity requirements associated with our operations for the foreseeable future.

Capital expenditures were $~~370~~383.60 million, $~~300~~370.76 million and $~~291~~300.87 million for the years ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025, ~~2023~~2024 and ~~2022~~2023, respectively. Our investments continue to improve manufacturing productivity, expand capacity, reduce costs, provide environmental enhancements, upgrade information technology infrastructure and security and advanced technologies for existing facilities. The capital expenditure program for ~~2025~~2026 is estimated to be approximately 2.0% of revenues, including amounts approved in prior periods. Many of these projects are subject to review and cancellation at our option without incurring substantial charges.

For financial market risk impacting the Company, see Part II, Item 7A, "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk."

3840

Table of Contents

Capitalization

Financing rates and conditions associated with future borrowings under our commercial paper program or term debt offerings will be affected by general financing conditions and our credit ratings. On ~~April~~December 1022, ~~2024~~2025, ~~Moody~~Standard and Poor's announced that it upgraded our long-term credit rating ~~from~~of ~~Baa1~~BBB+ to A3A- and ~~put~~upgraded ~~the~~our ~~Company~~short-term oncredit ~~positive~~rating ~~outlook~~of A-2 to A-1. On ~~October~~April 317, ~~2024~~2025, ~~Standard and Poor~~Moody's ~~announced that it~~ revised our long-term credit rating from ~~BBB+~~A3 stable to ~~BBB+~~A3 positive. As of December 31, ~~2024~~2025, our credit ratings were as follows:

Short-term

Long-term

Moody's

P-2

Standard and Poor's

A-21

~~BBB+~~A-

The credit ratings set forth above are not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal by the assigning rating organization. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating.

Our public debt does not contain financial covenants and our revolving credit lines have a debt-to-total capital covenant of 65%. As of December 31, ~~2024~~2025, our debt-to-total capital ratio was significantly beneath this limit.

Contractual Obligations

Our contractual cash obligations include required payments of long-term debt principal and interest, purchase obligations and expected obligations under our pension and postretirement benefit plans. In addition, we have required payments of operating leases, income taxes and expected obligations under the Funding ~~agreement~~Agreements, environmental and product liability matters. For additional information regarding leases, income taxes, including unrecognized tax benefits, and contingent liabilities, see Note 10 "Leases," Note 16 "Income Taxes" and Note 20 "Commitments and Contingencies," respectively, to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our material cash requirements include the following contractual and other obligations.

Debt

At December 31, ~~2024~~2025, we had outstanding aggregate long-term debt principal payments of $4,~~802~~615.21 million, with $~~452~~693.20 million payable within 12 months. The amount payable within 12 months includes $~~295~~293.01 million of debt redeemable at the option of the holder. The scheduled maturities of these bonds range between 2027 and 2028. Future interest payments on long-term debt total $2,~~348~~127.68 million, with $~~220~~208.53 million payable within 12 months. See Note 7, "Debt and Credit Facilities," to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding debt.

Purchase Obligations

Purchase obligations include commitments under legally enforceable contracts or purchase orders. At December 31, ~~2024~~2025, we had purchase obligations of $1,~~161~~245.21 million, which are primarily payable within 12 months.

Pensions

It is our objective to contribute to the pension plans to ensure adequate funds are available in the plans to make benefit payments to plan participants and beneficiaries when required. We currently expect that we will contribute approximately $3084 million to our ~~enterprise~~pension plans worldwide in ~~2025~~2026, a portion of which may be funded by assets held in an employer-owned trust. The timing and amounts of future contributions are dependent upon the funding status of the plans, which is expected to vary as a result of changes in interest rates, returns on underlying assets, and other factors. See Note 11, "Pensions and Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions," to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding pensions.

Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions

We fund postretirement benefit costs principally on a pay-as-you-go basis as medical costs are incurred by covered retiree populations. Benefit payments, which are net of expected plan participant contributions and Medicare Part D subsidy, are expected to be approximately $2927 million in ~~2025~~2026. See Note 11, "Pensions and Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions," to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding postretirement benefits other than pensions.

3941

Table of Contents

Supplemental Guarantor Financial Information

Trane Technologies plc (Plc or Parent Company) and certain of its 100% directly or indirectly owned subsidiaries provide guarantees of public debt issued by other 100% directly or indirectly owned subsidiaries of Plc. The following table shows our guarantor relationships as of December 31, ~~2024~~2025:

Parent, issuer or guarantors	Notes issued	Notes guaranteed
Trane Technologies plc (Plc)	None	All registered notes and debentures
Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company (TT Holdings)	None	All notes issued by TTFL and TTC HoldCo
Trane Technologies Global Holding II Company (TT Global II)	None	All notes issued by TTFL and TTC HoldCo
Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l. (TT International)	None	All notes issued by TTFL and TTC HoldCo
Trane Technologies Americas Holding Corporation (TT Americas)	None	All notes issued by TTFL and TTC HoldCo
Trane Technologies Financing Limited(TTFL)	3.500% Senior Notes due 20263.800% Senior Notes due 20295.250% Senior Notes due 20335.100% Senior Notes due 20344.650% Senior Notes due 20444.500% Senior Notes due 2049	All notes and debentures issued by TTC HoldCo and TTC
Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc. (TTC HoldCo)	3.750% Senior Notes due 20285.750% Senior Notes due 20434.300% Senior Notes due 2048	All notes issued by TTFL
Trane Technologies Company LLC (TTC)	~~7.200%~~Puttable ~~Debentures due 20256.480% Debentures due 2025Puttable~~ debentures due 2027-2028	All notes issued by TTFL and TTC HoldCo

Each subsidiary debt issuer and guarantor is owned 100% directly or indirectly by the Parent Company. Each guarantee is full and unconditional, and provided on a joint and several basis. There are no significant restrictions of the Parent Company, or any guarantor, to obtain funds from its subsidiaries, such as provisions in debt agreements that prohibit dividend payments, loans or advances to the parent by a subsidiary. The following tables present summarized financial information for the Parent Company and subsidiary debt issuers and guarantors on a combined basis (together, "obligor group") after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances based on the Company's legal entity ownerships and guarantees outstanding at December 31, ~~2024~~2025. Our obligor groups as of December 31, ~~2024~~2025 were as follows: Obligor group 1 consists of Plc, TT Holdings, TT Global II, TT International, TT Americas, TTFL, TTC HoldCo and TTC; Obligor group 2 consists of Plc, TTFL and TTC.

4042

Table of Contents

Summarized Statements of Earnings

	Year ended December 31, 2024
	Year ended December 31, 2025
In millions	Obligor group 1		Obligor group 2
Net revenues	$	—	$	—
Gross profit (loss)	—		—
Intercompany interest and fees	12,~~232~~360.32		25,~~956~~784.92
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations	~~844~~2,080.14		25,~~071~~410.48
Discontinued operations, net of tax	(2029.93)		(2340.78)
Net earnings (loss)	~~823.~~2,051.1		25,~~047~~370.70
Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests	—		—
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Trane Technologies plc	$	~~823.~~2,051.1	$	25,~~047~~370.70

Summarized Balance Sheet

	December 31, 2024
	December 31, 2025
In millions	Obligor group 1		Obligor group 2
ASSETS
Intercompany receivables	$	~~265~~935.63	$	42,~~363~~411.25
Current assets	~~413~~1,029.82		42,~~469~~460.03
Intercompany notes receivable	500.0		4,~~900~~150.0
Noncurrent assets	1,~~320~~019.03		54,~~603~~586.5
LIABILITIES
Intercompany payables	57,~~290~~373.28		23,~~530~~161.30
Current liabilities	68,~~305~~482.05		34,~~490~~241.08
Intercompany notes payable	41,~~000~~600.0		41,~~000~~600.0
Noncurrent liabilities	95,~~014~~957.63		74,~~650~~602.23

Critical Accounting Estimates

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations are based upon our Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with ~~U.S.~~ GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with those accounting principles requires management to use judgment in making estimates and assumptions based on the relevant information available at the end of each period. These estimates and assumptions have a significant effect on reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities because they result primarily from the need to make estimates and assumptions on matters that are inherently uncertain. Actual results may differ from these estimates. If updated information or actual amounts are different from previous estimates, the revisions are included in our results for the period in which they become known.

The following is a summary of certain accounting estimates and assumptions made by management that we consider critical.

•Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets – We have significant goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets on our balance sheet related to acquisitions. These assets are tested and reviewed annually during the fourth quarter for impairment or when there is a significant change in events or circumstances that indicate that the fair value of an asset is more likely than not less than the carrying amount of the asset. In addition, an interim impairment test is completed upon a triggering event or when there is a reorganization of reporting structure or disposal of all or a portion of a reporting unit.

The determination of estimated fair value requires us to make assumptions about estimated cash flows, including profit margins, long-term forecasts, discount rates and terminal growth rates. We developed these assumptions based on the market and geographic risks unique to each reporting unit. The estimates of fair value are based on the best information available as of the date of the assessment, which primarily incorporates management assumptions about expected future cash flows.

Annual Goodwill Impairment Test

4143

Table of Contents

reporting unit is not impaired. To the extent that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment loss would be recognized for the amount by which the reporting unit's carrying amount exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill in that reporting unit.

As quoted market prices are not available for our reporting units, the calculation of their estimated fair value is determined using three valuation techniques: a discounted cash flow model (an income approach), a market-adjusted multiple of earnings or revenues (a market approach), and a similar transactions method (also a market approach). The discounted cash flow approach relies on our estimates of future cash flows and explicitly addresses factors such as timing, revenue growth rates, and margins, with due consideration given to forecasting risk. The market-adjusted multiple of earnings or revenues approach reflects the market's expectations for future growth and risk, with adjustments to account for differences between the guideline publicly traded companies and the subject reporting units. The similar transactions method considers prices paid in transactions that have recently occurred in our industry or in related industries. These valuation techniques are weighted 50%, 40% and 10%, respectively.

Under the income approach, we assumed a forecasted cash flow period of five to ten years with discount rates ranging from 89.5% to 1513.5% and a terminal growth rate of 3.5% to 4.0%. Under the guideline public company method, we used multiples of ~~earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (~~EBITDA) or revenues based on the market information of comparable companies. Additionally, we compared the estimated aggregate fair value of our reporting units to our overall market capitalization. The excess of the estimated fair value over carrying value (expressed as a percentage of carrying value) for most reporting units exceeded ~~400~~300%. ~~The~~Two ~~estimated fair value of one~~ reporting ~~unit~~units ~~formed~~had ~~upon~~estimated ~~the~~fair ~~acquisition~~values ofthat ~~Nuvolo~~did innot ~~November~~significantly ~~2023~~exceed ~~was~~their ~~approximately equal to its~~ carrying value. AsChanges ofin ~~December~~business ~~31,~~or ~~2024~~market conditions, ~~this~~valuation ~~reporting~~assumptions, ~~unit~~or ~~had~~other ~~$313.0~~relevant ~~million~~inputs ofcould ~~goodwill.~~adversely Aimpact ~~significant increase in~~ the ~~discount~~fair ~~rate,~~value ~~decrease~~estimates inof ~~the~~these ~~long-term~~reporting ~~growth~~units ~~rate,~~and orlead ~~substantial~~to ~~reductions~~the inrecognition ~~our~~of ~~end~~an ~~markets~~impairment ~~and~~loss. ~~volume~~The ~~assumptions~~combined ~~could~~goodwill ~~have~~of athese ~~negative~~two ~~impact~~reporting onunits ~~the~~was ~~estimated~~$355.0 ~~fair~~million ~~value~~as of ~~this~~December ~~reporting~~31, ~~unit~~2025.

Other Indefinite-lived intangible assets

Other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for impairment on an annual basis. The fair value of intangible assets with indefinite useful lives is determined on a relief from royalty methodology (income approach) which is based on the implied royalty paid, at an appropriate discount rate, to license the use of an asset rather than owning the asset. The present value of the after-tax cost savings (i.e., royalty relief) indicates the estimated fair value of the asset. Any excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value would be recognized as an impairment loss equal to that excess.

In testing our other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment, we forecasted revenues for a period of five years with discount rates ranging from 89.5% to 14.05%, terminal growth rates of 3.5%, and royalty rates ranging from 1.0% to 4.5%. For significant indefinite-lived intangible assets, the excess of the estimated fair value over carrying value (expressed as a percentage of carrying value) exceeded 400%. A significant increase in the discount rate, decrease in the long-term growth rate, decrease in the royalty rate or substantial reductions in our end markets and volume assumptions could have a negative impact on the estimated fair values of any of our tradenames.

•Business combinations - Acquisitions that meet the definition of a business combination are recorded using the acquisition method of accounting. We include the operating results of acquired entities from their respective dates of acquisition. We recognize and measure the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, including contingent consideration relating to potential earnout provisions and any non-controlling interest as of the acquisition date fair value. The valuation of intangible assets is determined using an income approach methodology. We use assumptions to value the intangible assets including projected cash flows, ~~including~~ revenue growth rates and margins, customer attrition rates, royalty rates, tax rates and discount rates. The excess, if any, of total consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest is recognized as goodwill. Costs incurred as a result of a business combination other than costs related to the issuance of debt or equity securities are recorded in the period the costs are incurred.

~~Contingent~~•Revenue ~~consideration~~recognition – Revenue is recognized when control of a good or service promised in a contract (i.e., performance obligation) is transferred to a customer. Control is obtained when a customer has the ability to direct the use of and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from that good or service. A majority of our revenues are recognized at a point-in-time as control is transferred at a distinct point in time per the terms of a contract. However, a portion of our revenues are recognized over time as the customer simultaneously receives control as we perform work under a contract. For these arrangements, the cost-to-cost input method (percentage of completion) is used as it best depicts the transfer of control to the customer that occurs as we incur costs.

We assess any contingent consideration included in the consideration paid of a business combination. The value recorded is based on estimates of future financial projections on revenue under various potential scenarios, in which a Monte Carlo simulation model runs many iterations based on comparable companies' revenue growth rates and their implied revenue volatilities. These cash flow projections are discounted with a risk adjusted rate. Each quarter until such contingent amounts are earned, the fair value of the liability is evaluated at each reporting period and adjusted as a component of operating expenses based on changes to the underlying assumptions. The estimates used to determine the fair value of the contingent consideration liability are subject to significant judgment, specifically revenue growth rates, implied revenue volatilities and discount rates.44

Table of Contents

•Revenue recognition – Revenue is recognized when control of a good or service promised in a contract (i.e., performance obligation) is transferred to a customer. Control is obtained when a customer has the ability to direct the use of and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from that good or service. A majority of our revenues are recognized at a point-in-time as control is transferred at a distinct point in time per the terms of a contract. However, a portion of our revenues are recognized over time as the customer simultaneously receives control as we perform work under a contract. For these arrangements, the cost-to-cost input method is used as it best depicts the transfer of control to the customer that occurs as we incur costs.

The transaction price allocated to performance obligations reflects our expectations about the consideration we will be entitled to receive from a customer. To determine the transaction price, variable and non-cash consideration are assessed as well as whether a significant financing component exists. We include variable consideration in the estimated transaction price when it is probable that significant reversal of revenue recognized would not occur when the uncertainty associated with variable consideration is subsequently resolved. We consider historical data in determining our best estimates of variable consideration, and the related accruals are recorded using the expected value method.

We enter into sales arrangements that contain multiple goods and services. For these arrangements, each good or service is evaluated to determine whether it represents a distinct performance obligation and whether the sales price for each obligation is representative of standalone selling price. If available, we utilize observable prices for goods or services sold separately to similar customers in similar circumstances to evaluate relative standalone selling price. List prices are used if they are determined to be representative of standalone selling prices. Where necessary, we ensure that the total transaction price is then allocated to the distinct performance obligations based on the determination of their relative standalone selling price at the inception of the arrangement.

We recognize revenue for delivered goods or services when the delivered good or service is distinct, control of the good or service has transferred to the customer, and only customary refund or return rights related to the goods or services exist. For extended warranties and long-term service agreements, revenue for these distinct performance obligations are recognized over time on a straight-line basis over the respective contract term.

•Income taxes – Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, applying enacted tax rates expected to be in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. We recognize future tax benefits, such as net operating losses and tax credits, to the extent that realizing these benefits is considered in our judgment to be more likely than not. We regularly review the recoverability of our deferred tax assets considering our historic profitability, projected future taxable income, timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and the feasibility of our tax planning strategies. Where appropriate, we record a valuation allowance with respect to a future tax benefit.

The provision for income taxes involves a significant amount of management judgment regarding interpretation of relevant facts and laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Future changes in applicable laws, projected levels of taxable income, and tax planning could change the effective tax rate and tax balances recorded by us. In addition, tax authorities periodically review income tax returns filed by us and can raise issues regarding our filing positions, timing and amount of income or deductions, and the allocation of income among the jurisdictions in which we operate. A significant period of time may elapse between the filing of an income tax return and the ultimate resolution of an issue raised by a revenue authority with respect to that return. We believe that we have adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable resolution of these matters. We will adjust our estimate if significant events so dictate. To the extent that the ultimate results differ from our original or adjusted estimates, the effect will be recorded in the provision for income taxes in the period that the matter is finally resolved.

•Employee benefit plans – We provide a range of benefits ~~to eligible employees and retirees~~, including pensions, postretirement and postemployment benefits to eligible employees and retirees. Determining the cost associated with such benefits is dependent on various actuarial assumptions including discount rates, expected return on plan assets, compensation increases, mortality, turnover rates and healthcare cost trend rates. ~~Actuarial~~Actuaries ~~valuations~~perform ~~are~~the ~~performed~~required calculations to determine expense in accordance with GAAP. Actual results may differ from the actuarial assumptions and are generally accumulated into Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and amortized into Net earnings over future periods. We review our actuarial assumptions at each measurement date and make modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends, if appropriate. The discount rate, the rate of compensation increase and the expected long-term rates of return on plan assets are determined as of each measurement date. We believe that the assumptions utilized in recording our obligations under our plans are reasonable based on input from our actuaries, outside investment advisors and information as to assumptions used by plan sponsors.

43Changes in any of the assumptions can have an impact on the net periodic pension cost or postretirement benefit cost. Estimated sensitivities to the expected 2026 net periodic pension cost of a 0.25% rate decline in the two basic assumptions are as follows: the decline in the discount rate would increase expense by $0.2 million and the decline in the estimated return on assets would increase expense by $4.6 million. A 0.25% rate decrease in the discount rate for postretirement benefits would increase expected 2026 net periodic postretirement benefit cost by $0.3 million.

Table of Contents

Changes in any of the assumptions can have an impact on the net periodic pension cost or postretirement benefit cost. Estimated sensitivities to the expected 2025 net periodic pension cost of a 0.25% rate decline in the two basic assumptions are as follows: the decline in the discount rate would increase expense by $0.2 million and the decline in the estimated return on assets would increase expense by $4.8 million. A 0.25% rate decrease in the discount rate for postretirement benefits would increase expected 2025 net periodic postretirement benefit cost by $0.3 million.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements.

Table of Contents

Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices which could impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Foreign Currency Exposures

Many of our non-U.S. operations have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, and their results are translated into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes. Therefore, our reported results will be higher or lower depending on the weakening or strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the respective foreign currency. Our largest concentration of revenues from non-U.S. operations as of December 31, ~~2024~~2025 are in Euros and Chinese Yuan. A hypothetical 10% unfavorable change in the average exchange rate used to translate Net revenues for the year ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025 from either Euros or Chinese Yuan-based operations into U.S. dollars would result in a decline of approximately $~~170~~180 million and $6050 million, respectively.

We use derivative instruments to partially hedge those material exposures that cannot be naturally offset. The instruments utilized are viewed as risk management tools, ~~primarily involve little complexity~~ and are not used for trading or speculative purposes. To minimize the risk of counterparty non-performance, derivative instrument agreements are made only through major financial institutions with significant experience in such derivative instruments.

We evaluate our exposure to changes in currency exchange rates on our foreign currency derivatives using a sensitivity analysis. The sensitivity analysis is a measurement of the potential loss in fair value based on a percentage change in exchange rates. Based on the currency derivative instruments in place at December 31, ~~2024~~2025, a hypothetical change in fair value of those derivative instruments assuming a 10% adverse change in exchange rates would result in an unrealized loss of $1518.54 million, as compared with $615.5 million at December 31, ~~2023~~2024. These amounts, when realized, would be offset by changes in the fair value of the underlying transactions.

Commodity Price Exposures

We are exposed to volatility in the prices of commodities used in some of our products and we use commodity hedge contracts in the financial derivatives market and fixed price purchase contracts to manage this exposure. Commodity risks are systematically managed pursuant to policy guidelines. As a cash flow hedge, gains and losses resulting from the hedging instruments mitigate a portion of our exposures to changes in commodity prices. The maturities of the commodity hedge contracts coincide with the expected purchase of the commodities. Based on the commodity derivative instruments in place at December 31, ~~2024~~2025, a hypothetical change in fair value of those derivative instruments assuming a 10% decrease in commodity prices would result in an unrealized loss of $1218.74 million, as compared with $812.27 million at December 31, ~~2023~~2024. These amounts, when realized, would be offset by changes in the fair value of the underlying commodity purchases.

Interest Rate Exposure

Our debt portfolio mainly consists of fixed-rate instruments, and therefore any fluctuation in market interest rates is not expected to have a material effect on our results of operations.

Table of Contents

Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(a)The following Consolidated Financial Statements and the report thereon of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP dated February 65, ~~2025~~2026, are presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K beginning on page F-1.

Consolidated Financial Statements:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025, ~~2023~~2024 and ~~2022~~2023

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025, ~~2023~~2024 and ~~2022~~2023

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, ~~2024~~2025 and ~~2023~~2024

Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025, ~~2023~~2024 and ~~2022~~2023

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025, ~~2023~~2024 and ~~2022~~2023

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL

DISCLOSURE

None.

Table of Contents

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES


(a)			Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company's management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, have conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)), as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded as of December 31, ~~2024~~2025, that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act has been recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission's rules and forms, and that such information has been accumulated and communicated to the Company's management including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.


(b)			Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Company's management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined under Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and effected by the Company's Board of Directors to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

Management has assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, ~~2024~~2025. In making its assessment, management has utilized the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013). Management concluded that based on its assessment, the Company's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, ~~2024~~2025.

The effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, ~~2024~~2025 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.


(c)			Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in internal control over financial reporting (as defined by Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Table of Contents

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Securities Trading Plans of Directors and Executive Officers

Our director compensation program, which consists of an annual cash retainer and grant of restricted stock units (RSUs), is designed to compensate non-employee directors fairly for work required for a company of our size and scope and to align their interests with the long-term interests of our shareholders. Similarly, a portion of the compensation of our executive officers (as defined in SEC Rule 16a-1(f)) is delivered in the form of our Long-Term Incentive Program (LTI), which is comprised of stock options, RSUs and performance share units (PSUs). We believe compensating our directors and executive officers with a mix of equity-based awards effectively links compensation to long-term shareholder value creation, ~~Environmental,~~sustainability ~~Social~~performance, and ~~Governance (ESG), and~~ financial results.

Subject to the satisfaction of our share ownership requirements, our directors and executive officers may, from time to time, engage in transactions to sell some of the shares granted to them as part of our director and executive compensation programs after such shares vest following the expiration of any time-based restrictions or achievement of certain pre-established performance goals. In addition, our directors and executive officers may also, from time to time, engage in other transactions involving our securities, which may entail the purchase or sale of our common stock outside of these compensation programs on an open-market basis.

All transactions in our securities by our directors and executive officers must occur in accordance with our Insider Trading Policy, which, among other things, requires that such transactions be in accordance with applicable U.S. federal securities laws that prohibit trading while in possession of material nonpublic information. Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act provides an affirmative defense that enables prearranged transactions in securities in a manner that avoids concerns about initiating transactions at a future date while possibly in possession of material nonpublic information. Our insider trading policy ~~permits our directors and executive officers to enter trading plans designed to prearrange transactions in our securities in accordance with Rule 10b5-1.~~

During the fourth quarter of 2024, none of our directors or executive officers adopted or terminated a "non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement," as defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K. The following table describes contracts, instructions or written plans for the sale or purchase of our securities adopted or terminated by our directors and executive officers during the fourth quarter of 2024, each of which is intended to satisfy the affirmative defense conditions of Rule 10b5-1(c), referred to as Rule 10b5-1 trading plans:47

Name and Title

Action

Date of Action

Scheduled Expiration Date(1)

Aggregate Number of Securities to be Purchased or Sold(2)

Paul A. Camuti(3)Executive Vice President and Chief Technology and Sustainability Officer

Adopt

11/13/2024

5/2/2025

Sale of up to 14,270(4) shares of common stock

Donald E. SimmonsGroup President, Americas

Adopt

10/31/2024

5/10/2025

Sale of up to 24,358(5) shares of common stock

Table of Contents

~~(1)~~permits Inour ~~each~~directors ~~case~~and aexecutive ~~trading~~officers ~~plan~~to ~~may~~enter ~~also~~trading ~~expire~~plans ~~prior~~designed to ~~the~~prearrange ~~scheduled expiration date if all~~ transactions ~~under~~in ~~the~~our ~~trading~~securities ~~plan~~in ~~are~~accordance ~~completed~~with ~~before~~Rule ~~the scheduled expiration date~~10b5-1.

During the fourth quarter of 2025, none of our directors or Section 16 officers adopted or terminated a "non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement," as defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K.

The following table describes contracts, instructions or written plans for the sale or purchase of our securities adopted or terminated by our directors and Section 16 officers during the fourth quarter of 2025, each of which is intended to satisfy the affirmative defense conditions of Rule 10b5-1(c), referred to as Rule 10b5-1 trading plans:

Name and Title

Action

Date of Action

Scheduled Expiration Date(1)

Aggregate Number of Securities to be Purchased or Sold(2)

Christopher J. Kuehn

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Adopt

10/31/2025

5/4/2026

Sale of up to 11,275(3) shares of common stock

(1) In each case the Rule 10b5-1 trading plan may also expire prior to the scheduled expiration date if all transactions under the trading plan are completed before the scheduled expiration date.

(2) Aggregate number of shares in this column includes shares that may be forfeited or withheld to satisfy exercise price and tax obligations at the time of vesting.

(3) MrThis figure includes a grant of 7,620 unvested PSUs that are expected to vest during the term of the Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, which are assumed to vest at 100% of the target award amount. ~~Camuti~~The ~~retired~~actual onnumber ~~December~~of 31PSUs that may vest can vary between 0% - 200% of the target award amount, ~~2024~~subject to the achievement of certain performance conditions as set forth in the PSU award agreement.

(4) This figure includes a grant of 4,487 unvested PSUs that are expected to vest during the term of the Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, which are assumed to vest at 100% of the target award amount. The actual number of PSUs that may vest can vary between 0% - 200% of the target award amount, subject to the achievement of certain performance conditions as set forth in the PSU award agreement.

(5) This figure includes a grant of 2,991 unvested PSUs that are expected to vest during the term of the Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, which are assumed to vest at 100% of the target award amount. The actual number of PSUs that may vest can vary between 0% - 200% of the target award amount, subject to the achievement of certain performance conditions as set forth in the PSU award agreement.

Item 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

Not Applicable.

Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information regarding our executive officers is included in Part I under the caption "Executive Officers of Registrant."

The other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained under the headings "Item 1. Election of Directors," "Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports (to the extent reported therein)" and "Corporate Governance" in our definitive proxy statement for the ~~2025~~2026 annual general meeting of shareholders (~~2025~~2026 Proxy Statement).

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained under the headings "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "Compensation of Directors," "Executive Compensation," "Human Resources and Compensation Committee Report" and "Human Resources and Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" in our ~~2025~~2026 Proxy Statement.

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained under the headings "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" and "Equity Compensation Plan Information" in our ~~2025~~2026 Proxy Statement.

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained under the headings "Corporate Governance" and "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions" in our ~~2025~~2026 Proxy Statement.

Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained under the caption "Fees of the Independent Auditors" in our ~~2025~~2026 Proxy Statement.

4748

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES


(a) 1.			Financial Statements See Item 8.

2.			Financial Statement Schedules
			Schedules have been omitted because the required information is not applicable or because the required information is included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

3.			Exhibits
			The exhibits listed on the accompanying index to exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

4849

Table of Contents

TRANE TECHNOLOGIES PLC

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

(Item 15(a))

Description

Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), Trane Technologies plc (the "Company") has filed certain agreements as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These agreements may contain representations and warranties by the parties. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other party or parties to such agreements and (i) may have been qualified by disclosures made to such other party or parties, (ii) were made only as of the date of such agreements or such other date(s) as may be specified in such agreements and are subject to more recent developments, which may not be fully reflected in our public disclosure, (iii) may reflect the allocation of risk among the parties to such agreements and (iv) may apply materiality standards different from what may be viewed as material to investors. Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe our actual state of affairs at the date hereof and should not be relied upon.

On July 1, 2009, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, a Bermuda company, completed a reorganization to change the jurisdiction of incorporation of the parent company from Bermuda to Ireland. As a result, Ingersoll-Rand plc replaced Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited as the ultimate parent company effective July 1, 2009. All references related to the Company prior to July 1, 2009 relate to Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited. On March 2, 2020, Ingersoll-Rand plc changed its name to Trane Technologies plc.

(a) Exhibits

Exhibit No.

Description

Method of Filing

2.1

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 30, 2019, by and among the Company, Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc., Ingersoll-Rand U.S. HoldCo, Inc. and Charm Merger Sub Inc.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on May 6, 2019.

2.2

Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2019, by and between Ingersoll-Rand plc and Ingersoll-Rand U.S. HoldCo, Inc.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on May 6, 2019).

3.1

Constitution of the Company, as amended and restated on June 2, 2016

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on June 7, 2016.

3.2

Amendment to the Constitution of the Company dated March 2, 2020

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

The Company and its subsidiaries are parties to several long-term debt instruments under which, in each case, the total amount of securities authorized does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

Pursuant to paragraph 4 (iii)(A) of Item 601 (b) of Regulation S-K, the Company agrees to furnish a copy of such instruments to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

4.1

Indenture, dated as of June 20, 2013, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited and Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, as guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on June 26, 2013.

4.2

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 20, 2013, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited and Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, as guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, relating to the 2.875% Senior Notes due 2019.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on June 26, 2013.

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

Description

Method of Filing

4.3

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 20, 2013, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited and Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, as guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, relating to the 4.250% Senior Notes due 2023.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on June 26, 2013.

4.4

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 20, 2013, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited and Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, as guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, relating to the 5.750% Senior Notes due 2043.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company' s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on June 26, 2013.

4.5

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 20, 2013, among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, a Bermuda company, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, a Bermuda company, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, a Bermuda company, Ingersoll-Rand plc, an Irish public limited company, Ingersoll-Rand Company, a New Jersey corporation, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, to the Indenture dated as of June 20, 2013.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on November 26, 2013.

4.6

Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 28, 2014, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand Company, as co-obligor, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., as guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, to an Indenture, dated as of June 20, 2013.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on October 29, 2014.

4.7

Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 18, 2015, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand Company, as co-obligor, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., and Ingersoll-Rand Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l. as guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, to an Indenture, dated as of June 20, 2013.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.21 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2015 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 12, 2016.

4.8

Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 5, 2016, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand Company, as co-obligor, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., Ingersoll-Rand Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., and Ingersoll-Rand Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, as guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, to an indenture, dated as of June 20, 2013.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.19 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2016 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 13, 2017.

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

Description

Method of Filing

4.9

Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, to an indenture dated as of June 20, 2013.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

4.3

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on June 26, 2013.

4.10

Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, to an indenture dated as of June 20, 2013.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

4.4

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company' s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on June 26, 2013.

4.11

Tenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies Company LLC, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, to an indenture dated as of June 20, 2013.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

4.5

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on November 26, 2013.

4.12

Eleventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies Company LLC, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, to an indenture dated as of June 20, 2013.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

4.6

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on October 29, 2014.

4.13

Twelfth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 30, 2021, by and among Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., Trane Technologies Company LLC, Trane Technologies Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company and Trane Technologies Financing Limited and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the Company's 2021 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 7, 2022.

4.7

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.21 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2015 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 12, 2016.

4.14

Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 20, 2023, by and among Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., Trane Technologies Company LLC, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company,Trane Technologies Financing Limited, Trane Technologies Americas Holding Corporation, and Trane Technologies Global Holding II Company Limited, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to the Company's 2023 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 8, 2024.

4.8

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.19 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2016 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 13, 2017.

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

Description

Method of Filing

4.15

Indenture, dated as of October 28, 2014, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., as issuer, and Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company and Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on October 29, 2014.

4.9

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

4.16

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 28, 2014, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., as issuer, and Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company and Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, relating to the 2.625% Senior Notes due 2020.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on October 29, 2014.

4.10

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

4.17

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 28, 2014, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., as issuer, and Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company and Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, relating to the 3.550% Senior Notes due 2024.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on October 29, 2014.

4.11

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

4.18

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 28, 2014, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., as issuer, and Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company and Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, relating to the 4.650% Senior Notes due 2044.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on October 29, 2014.

4.12

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

4.19

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 18, 2015, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., as issuer, and Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company, Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, and Ingersoll-Rand Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l. as guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.27 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2015 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 12, 2016.

4.13

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the Company's 2021 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 7, 2022.

4.20

Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 5, 2016, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., as Issuer, and Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Ingersoll-Rand Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, as guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2016 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 13, 2017.

4.14

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to the Company's 2023 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 8, 2024.

4.21

Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies plc, Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company, Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., and the Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.19 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

Description

Method of Filing

4.22

Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies plc, Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., Trane Technologies Company LLC, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.20 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

4.15

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on October 29, 2014.

4.23

Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies plc, Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., Trane Technologies Company LLC, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.21 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

4.16

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on October 29, 2014.

4.24

Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies plc, Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., Trane Technologies Company LLC, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.22 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

4.17

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on October 29, 2014.

4.25

Tenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 30, 2021, by and among Trane Technologies Financing Limited, Trane Technologies Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., and Trane Technologies Company LLC and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.24 to the Company's 2021 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 7, 2022.

4.18

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on October 29, 2014.

4.26

Eleventh Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 20, 2023, by and among Trane Technologies Financing Limited, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., Trane Technologies Company LLC, Trane Technologies Americas Holding Corporation, and Trane Technologies Global Holding II Company Limited, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.26 to the Company's 2023 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 8, 2024.

4.19

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.27 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2015 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 12, 2016.

4.27

Indenture, dated as of February 21, 2018, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., Ingersoll-Rand Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Ingersoll-Rand Irish Holdings Unlimited Company and Ingersoll-Rand Company, as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 26, 2018.

4.20

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2016 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 13, 2017.

4.21

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.19 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

Description

Method of Filing

4.28

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 21, 2018, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., Ingersoll-Rand Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Ingersoll-Rand Irish Holdings Unlimited Company and Ingersoll-Rand Company, as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 2.900% Senior Notes due 2021.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 26, 2018.

4.22

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.20 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

4.29

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 21, 2018, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., Ingersoll-Rand Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Ingersoll-Rand Irish Holdings Unlimited Company and Ingersoll-Rand Company, as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 3.750% Senior Notes due 2028.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 26, 2018.

4.23

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.21 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

4.30

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 21, 2018, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., Ingersoll-Rand Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Ingersoll-Rand Irish Holdings Unlimited Company and Ingersoll-Rand Company, as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 4.300% Senior Notes due 2048.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 26, 2018.

4.24

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.22 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

4.31

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 21, 2019, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., Ingersoll-Rand Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Ingersoll-Rand Irish Holdings Unlimited Company and Ingersoll-Rand Company, as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 3.500% Senior Notes due 2026.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on March 26, 2019.

4.25

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.24 to the Company's 2021 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 7, 2022.

4.32

Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 21, 2019, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., Ingersoll-Rand Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Ingersoll-Rand Irish Holdings Unlimited Company and Ingersoll-Rand Company, as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 3.800% Senior Notes due 2029.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on March 26, 2019.

4.26

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.26 to the Company's 2023 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 8, 2024.

4.33

Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 21, 2019, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., Ingersoll-Rand Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Ingersoll-Rand Irish Holdings Unlimited Company and Ingersoll-Rand Company, as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 4.500% Senior Notes due 2049.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on March 26, 2019.

4.27

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 26, 2018.

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

Description

Method of Filing

4.34

Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies plc, Ingersoll-Rand Company, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.30 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

4.28

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 26, 2018.

4.35

Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., Trane Technologies Company LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.31 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

4.29

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 26, 2018.

4.36

Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., Trane Technologies Company LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.32 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

4.30

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 26, 2018.

4.37

Tenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., Trane Technologies Company LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.33 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

4.31

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on March 26, 2019.

4.38

Eleventh Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 30, 2021, by and among Trane Technologies Financing Limited, Trane Technologies Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc. and Trane Technologies Company LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.36 to the Company's 2021 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 7, 2022.

4.32

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on March 26, 2019.

4.39

Twelfth Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 20, 2023, by and among Trane Technologies Financing Limited, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holding Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., Trane Technologies Company LLC, Trane Technologies Americas Holding Corporation, and Trane Technologies Global Holding II Company Limited, and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. acting as Trustee.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.39 to the Company's 2023 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 8, 2024.

4.33

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on March 26, 2019.

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

Description

Method of Filing

4.41

Indenture, dated as of March 3, 2023, by and among Trane Technologies Financing Limited, as issuer, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies Company LLC and Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., as guarantors, and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, relating to the 5.250% Senior Notes due 2033.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's 2023 Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on March 3, 2023.

4.34

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.30 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

4.42

Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 3, 2023, by and among Trane Technologies Financing Limited, as issuer, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies Company LLC and Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., as guarantors, and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, relating to the 5.250% Senior Notes due 2033.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's 2023 Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on March 3, 2023.

4.35

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.31 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

4.43

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 20, 2023, by and among Trane Technologies Financing Limited, as issuer, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies Company LLC and Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., as guarantors, Trane Technologies Americas Holding Corporation and Trane Technologies Global Holding II Company Limited, as New Guarantors and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, relating to the 5.250% Senior Notes due 2033.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.43 to the Company's 2023 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 8, 2024.

4.36

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.32 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

4.44

Indenture, dated as of June 13, 2024, by and among Trane Technologies Financing Limited, as issuer, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Global Holding II Company Limited, Trane Technologies Americas Holding Corporation, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies Company LLC and Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., as guarantors, and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, relating to the 5.100% Senior Notes due 2034.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's 2023 Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on June 13, 2024.

4.37

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.33 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

4.45

Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 13, 2024, by and among Trane Technologies Financing Limited, as issuer, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Global Holding II Company Limited, Trane Technologies Americas Holding Corporation, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies Company LLC and Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., as guarantors, and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, relating to the 5.100% Senior Notes due 2034.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's 2023 Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on June 13, 2024.

4.38

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.36 to the Company's 2021 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 7, 2022.

4.46

Description of Registrant's Securities

Filed herewith.

4.39

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.39 to the Company's 2023 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 8, 2024.

10.1*

Form of Global Stock Option Award Agreement (January 2025).

Filed herewith.

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

Description

Method of Filing

10.2*

Form of Global Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (January 2025).

Filed herewith.

4.41

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's 2023 Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on March 3, 2023.

10.3*

Form of Global Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement (January 2025).

Filed herewith.

4.42

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's 2023 Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on March 3, 2023.

10.4

Credit Agreement dated June 18, 2021 among Trane Technologies Holdco Inc., Trane Technologies Global Holding Company Limited and Trane Technologies Financing Limited, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies Company LLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and BNP Paribas, as Sustainability Structuring Agents, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, MUFG Bank, Ltd. and U.S. Bank National Association as Documentation Agents, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Citibank, N.A., BofA Securities, Inc., BNP Securities Corp. and Mizuho Bank, Ltd., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, and certain lending institutions from time to time parties thereto.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on June 24, 2021.

4.43

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.43 to the Company's 2023 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 8, 2024.

10.5

First Amendment dated as of June 30, 2022, to the Credit Agreement dated as of June 18, 2021, among Trane Technologies Holdco Inc, Trane Technologies Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies Financing Limited and JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. as Administrative Agent.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Q2 2022 Form 10-Q (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on August 3, 2022.

4.44

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's 2023 Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on June 13, 2024.

10.6

Second Amendment dated as of September 20, 2023 dated as of September 20, 2023, to the Credit Agreement dated as of June 18, 2021 (as amended by that First Amendment dated as of June 30, 2022, the “Existing Credit Agreement” and as amended by this Amendment, the “Amended Credit Agreement”), among Trane Technologies Holdco Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Trane Holdco”), Trane Technologies Global Holding Company Limited, a Delaware corporation (“Trane Global”), Trane Technologies Financing Limited.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Q3 2023 Form 10-Q (file No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on November 1, 2023.

4.45

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's 2023 Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on June 13, 2024.

10.7

Consent and Third Amendment dated as of November 20, 2023, to the Credit Agreement dated as of June 18, 2021, among Trane Technologies Holdco Inc., Trane Technologies Global Holding Company Limited, and Trane Technologies Financing Limited, as Borrowers; Trane Technologies PLC, as Guarantor; and JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. as Administrative Agent.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's 2023 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 8, 2024.

4.46

Description of Registrant's Securities

Filed herewith.

10.1*

Form of Global Stock Option Award Agreement (January 2025).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's 2024 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 6, 2025.

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

Description

Method of Filing

10.8

Credit Agreement dated April 25, 2022 among Trane Technologies Holdco Inc., Trane Technologies Global Holding Company Limited and Trane Technologies Financing Limited, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies Company LLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and BNP Paribas, as Sustainability Structuring Agents, Bank of America, N.A., BNP Paribas, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, MUFG Bank, Ltd. and U.S. Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agents, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Citibank, N.A., BofA Securities, Inc., BNP Securities Corp. and Mizuho Bank, Ltd., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, and certain lending institutions from time to time parties thereto.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on April 28, 2022.

10.2*

Form of Global Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (January 2025).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's 2024 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 6, 2025.

10.9

First Amendment dated as of September 20, 2023 September 20, 2023, to the Credit Agreement dated as of April 25, 2022 (the “Existing Credit Agreement” and as amended by this Amendment, the “Amended Credit Agreement”), among Trane Technologies Holdco Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Trane Holdco”), Trane Technologies Global Holding Company Limited, a Delaware corporation (“Trane Global”), Trane Technologies Financing Limited.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Q3 2023 Form 10-Q (file No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on November 1, 2023.

10.3*

Form of Global Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement (January 2025).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's 2024 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 6, 2025.

10.10

Consent and Second Amendment dated as of November 20, 2023, to the Credit Agreement dated as of April 25, 2022, among Trane Technologies Holdco Inc., Trane Technologies Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies Financing Limited, as Borrowers; Trane Technologies PLC, as Guarantor; and JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. as Administrative Agent.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's 2023 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 8, 2024.

10.4

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on April 28, 2022.

10.11

Deed Poll Indemnity of Trane Technologies plc dated August 2, 2022

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Q2 2022 Form 10-Q (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on August 3, 2022.

10.5

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Q3 2023 Form 10-Q (file No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on November 1, 2023.

10.12

Deed Poll Indemnity of Trane Technologies Lux International Holding company S.à r.l. dated August 2, 2022

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Q2 2022 Form 10-Q (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on August 3, 2022.

10.6

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's 2023 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 8, 2024.

10.13*

Trane Technologies Incentive Stock Plan of 2013 (amended and restated as of March 2, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

10.7

Credit Agreement dated May 27, 2025 among Trane Technologies Holdco Inc., Trane Technologies Financing Limited, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies Americas Holding Corporation, Trane Technologies Global Holding II Company Limited, and Trane Technologies Company LLC; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent; Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent; BNP Paribas Securities Corporation, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Mizuho Bank, Ltd., and U.S. Bank National Association as Documentation Agents; and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Citibank, N.A., BofA Securities, Inc., BNP Paribas Securities Corp. and Mizuho Bank, Ltd., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, and certain lending institutions from time to time parties thereto.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed on May 28, 2025.

10.14*

Trane Technologies Incentive Stock Plan of 2018 (amended and restated as of March 2, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

10.15*

Trane Technologies Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (as amended and restated effective May 4, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

10.16*

Trane Technologies Executive Deferred Compensation Plan II (as amended and restated effective May 4, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company's 2021 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 7, 2022.

10.17*

Trane Technologies Director Deferred Compensation and Stock Award Plan (as amended and restated effective March 2, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

Description

Method of Filing

10.18*

Trane Technologies Director Deferred Compensation and Stock Award Plan II (as amended and restated effective March 2, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

10.8

Deed Poll Indemnity of Trane Technologies plc dated August 2, 2022

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Q2 2022 Form 10-Q (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on August 3, 2022.

10.19*

Trane Technologies Supplemental Employee Savings Plan (amended and restated effective May 4, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

10.9

Deed Poll Indemnity of Trane Technologies Lux International Holding company S.à r.l. dated August 2, 2022

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Q2 2022 Form 10-Q (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on August 3, 2022.

10.20*

Trane Technologies Supplemental Employee Savings Plan II (effective January 1, 2005 and amended and restated through May 4, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

10.10*

Trane Technologies Incentive Stock Plan of 2013 (amended and restated as of March 2, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

10.21*

Trane Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (as amended and restated as of May 4, 2020, except where otherwise stated).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

10.11*

Trane Technologies Incentive Stock Plan of 2018 (amended and restated as of March 2, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

10.22*

Trane Technologies Supplemental Pension Plan (Amended and Restated Effective May 4, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

10.12*

Trane Technologies Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (as amended and restated effective May 4, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

10.23*

Trane Technologies Supplemental Pension Plan II (Amended and Restated Effective May 4, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

10.13*

Trane Technologies Executive Deferred Compensation Plan II (as amended and restated effective May 4, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company's 2021 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 7, 2022.

10.24*

Trane Technologies Key Management Supplemental Program (Effective January 1, 2005 and Amended and Restated effective May 4, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company's 2021 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 7, 2022.

10.14*

Trane Technologies Director Deferred Compensation and Stock Award Plan (as amended and restated effective March 2, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

10.25*

Description of Annual Incentive Matrix Program.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company's 2021 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 7, 2022.

10.15*

Trane Technologies Director Deferred Compensation and Stock Award Plan II (as amended and restated effective March 2, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

10.26*

Amendment One to the Trane Technologies Key Management Supplemental Program (effective October 11, 2022).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company's 2022 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 10, 2023.

10.16*

Trane Technologies Supplemental Employee Savings Plan (amended and restated effective May 4, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

10.27*

Trane Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (as Amended and Restated as of May 4, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company's 2022 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 10, 2023.

10.17*

Trane Technologies Supplemental Employee Savings Plan II (effective January 1, 2005 and amended and restated through May 4, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

10.28*

Form of Tier 1 Change in Control Agreement (New Officers on or after May 19, 2009).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2009 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on August 6, 2009.

10.18*

Trane Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (as amended and restated as of May 4, 2020, except where otherwise stated).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

10.29*

Form of Tier 2 Change in Control Agreement (New Officers on or after May 19, 2009).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2009 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on August 6, 2009.

10.19*

Trane Technologies Supplemental Pension Plan (Amended and Restated Effective May 4, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

10.30*

Amended and Restated Major Restructuring Severance Plan (as amended and restated effective May 4, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

10.20*

Trane Technologies Supplemental Pension Plan II (Amended and Restated Effective May 4, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

10.31*

David S. Regnery Letter, dated as of September 1, 2017.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to the Company's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 12, 2019.

10.21*

Trane Technologies Key Management Supplemental Program (Effective January 1, 2005 and Amended and Restated effective May 4, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company's 2021 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 7, 2022.

10.32*

David S. Regnery Letter, dated as of December 9, 2019.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on December 11, 2019.

10.22*

Description of Annual Incentive Matrix Program.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company's 2021 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 7, 2022.

10.33*

David S. Regnery Letter, dated as of June 3, 2021.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K (Filed No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on June 4, 2021.

10.23*

Amendment One to the Trane Technologies Key Management Supplemental Program (effective October 11, 2022).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company's 2022 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 10, 2023.

10.34*

Christopher J. Kuehn Letter, dated as of December 10, 2019.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on December 10, 2019.

10.24*

Trane Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (as Amended and Restated as of May 4, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company's 2022 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 10, 2023.

10.25*

Form of Tier 1 Change in Control Agreement (New Officers on or after May 19, 2009).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2009 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on August 6, 2009.

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

Description

Method of Filing

10.35*

Paul A. Camuti Letter, dated December 5, 2019.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the Company's 2021 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 7, 2022.

10.26*

Form of Tier 2 Change in Control Agreement (New Officers on or after May 19, 2009).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2009 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on August 6, 2009.

10.36*

Mark Majocha Offer Letter dated October 12, 2022

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on October 14, 2022.

10.27*

Amended and Restated Major Restructuring Severance Plan (as amended and restated effective May 4, 2020).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Company's 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021.

10.37*

Beth Elwell Offer Letter dated January 4, 2024

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on January 10, 2024.

10.28*

David S. Regnery Letter, dated as of September 1, 2017.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to the Company's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 12, 2019.

10.38*

Mauro Atalla Offer Letter dated January 6, 2025

Filed herewith.

10.29*

David S. Regnery Letter, dated as of December 9, 2019.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on December 11, 2019.

Insider Trading Policy

Filed herewith.

10.30*

David S. Regnery Letter, dated as of June 3, 2021.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K (Filed No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on June 4, 2021.

10.31*

Christopher J. Kuehn Letter, dated as of December 10, 2019.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on December 10, 2019.

10.32*

Beth Elwell Offer Letter dated January 4, 2024

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on January 10, 2024.

10.33*

Mauro Atalla Offer Letter dated January 6, 2025

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the Company's 2024 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 6, 2025.

10.34*

Gary Guo Offer Letter dated September 25, 2025

Filed herewith.

Insider Trading Policy

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 19 to the Company's 2024 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 6, 2025.

List of Subsidiaries of Trane Technologies plc.

Filed herewith.

22.1

List of Guarantors and Subsidiary Issuers of Guaranteed Securities.

Filed herewith.

23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

Filed herewith.

31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a), as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Filed herewith.

31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a), as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Filed herewith.

Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Furnished herewith.

97.1

Trane Technologies plc Clawback / Recoupment Policy

~~Filed~~Incorporated ~~herewith~~by reference to Exhibit 97.1 to the Company's 2024 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 6, 2025.

97.2

Trane Technologies Financing Limited Clawback / Recoupment Policy

Filed herewith.

101

The following materials from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, formatted in iXBRL (Inline Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iii) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Furnished herewith.

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the iXBRL document and contained in Exhibit 101).

Filed herewith.

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

Description

Method of Filing

97.2

Trane Technologies Financing Limited Clawback / Recoupment Policy

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 97.2 to the Company's 2024 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 6, 2025.

101

The following materials from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, formatted in iXBRL (Inline Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iii) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Furnished herewith.

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the iXBRL document and contained in Exhibit 101).

Filed herewith.

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Item 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Not applicable.

6061

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

TRANE TECHNOLOGIES PLC

(Registrant)

By:						/s/ David S. Regnery
						David S. Regnery
						Chair of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
Date:						February 65, ~~2025~~2026

6162

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ David S. Regnery

Chair of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

February 65, ~~2025~~2026

(David S. Regnery)

/s/ Christopher J. Kuehn

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

February 65, ~~2025~~2026

(Christopher J. Kuehn)

/s/ Elizabeth Elwell

Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

February 65, ~~2025~~2026

(Elizabeth Elwell)

/s/ Kirk E. Arnold

Director

February 65, ~~2025~~2026

(Kirk E. Arnold)

/s/ Ana P. Assis

Director

February 65, ~~2025~~2026

(Ana P. Assis)

/s/ Ann C. Berzin

Director

February 65, ~~2025~~2026

(Ann C. Berzin)

/s/ April Miller Boise

Director

February 65, ~~2025~~2026

(April Miller Boise)

/s/ Gary D. Forsee

Director

February 6, 2025

/s/ Mark R. George

Director

February 5, 2026

(Gary D. Forsee)

/s/ Mark R. George

Director

February 6, 2025

(Mark R. George)

/s/ John A. Hayes

Director

February 65, ~~2025~~2026

(John A. Hayes)

/s/ Linda P. Hudson

Director

February 65, ~~2025~~2026

(Linda P. Hudson)

/s/ Myles P. Lee

Director

February 65, ~~2025~~2026

(Myles P. Lee)

/s/ Melissa N. Schaeffer

Director

February 6, 2025

/s/ Matthew F. Pine

Director

February 5, 2026

(Matthew F. Pine)

/s/ Melissa N. Schaeffer

Director

February 5, 2026

(Melissa N. Schaeffer)

/s/ John P. Surma

Director

February 65, ~~2025~~2026

(John P. Surma)

6263

Table of Contents

TRANE TECHNOLOGIES PLC

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 238)			F-2
Consolidated Statements of Earnings			F-54
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income			F-65
Consolidated Balance Sheets			F-76
Consolidated Statements of Equity			F-87
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows			F-98
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements			F-109

F-1

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Trane Technologies plc

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Trane Technologies plc and its subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, ~~2024~~2025 and ~~2023~~2024, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, of comprehensive income, of equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements"). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, ~~2024~~2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, ~~2024~~2025 and ~~2023~~2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, ~~2024~~2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company's consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

F-2

Table of Contents

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit ~~matters~~matter communicated below ~~are~~is ~~matters~~a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that ~~were~~was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) ~~relate~~relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit ~~matters~~matter below, providing a separate ~~opinions~~opinion on the critical audit ~~matters~~matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which ~~they~~it ~~relate~~relates.

Revenue Recognition from Contracts with Customers

As described in Notes 2 and 12 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recognized $1921.83 billion of consolidated net revenue for the year ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025. Revenue is recognized when control of a good or service promised in a contract (i.e., performance obligation) is transferred to a customer. Control is obtained when a customer has the ability to direct the use of and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from that good or service. A majority of the Company's revenue is recognized at a point-in-time as control is transferred at a distinct point in time per the terms of a contract. However, a portion of the Company's revenue is recognized over-time as the customer simultaneously receives control as the Company performs work under a contract. For these arrangements, management uses the cost-to-cost input method as it best depicts the transfer of control to the customer that occurs as the Company incurs costs. The transaction price allocated to performance obligations reflects the Company's expectations about the consideration it will be entitled to receive from a customer. To determine the transaction price, management assesses variable and noncash consideration, as well as whether a significant financing component exists.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to revenue recognition from contracts with customers is a critical audit matter are the high degree of auditor effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence related to the Company's revenue recognition of point-in-time and over-time contracts with customers.

Annual Goodwill Impairment Test – Nuvolo Reporting Unit

As described in Notes 2 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company's consolidated goodwill balance was $6,128 million as of December 31, 2024, of which $313 million relates to one reporting unit formed upon the acquisition of Nuvolo in November 2023. Management tests goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter or whenever there is a significant change in events or circumstances that indicate that the fair value of the asset is more likely than not less than the carrying amount of the asset. Impairment of goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level. The test compares the carrying amount of the reporting unit to its estimated fair value. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired. To the extent that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment loss would be recognized for the amount by which the reporting unit's carrying amount exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill in that reporting unit. As disclosed by management, because quoted market prices are not available for the Company's reporting units, the calculation of their estimated fair value is determined using three valuation techniques: a discounted cash flow model (an income approach), a market-adjusted multiple of earnings or revenues (a market approach), and a similar transactions method (also a market approach). The discounted cash flow approach relies on management's estimates of future cash flows and explicitly addresses factors such as timing, revenue growth rates, and margins, with due consideration given to forecasting risk. The market-adjusted multiple of earnings or revenues approach reflects the market's expectations for future growth and risk, with adjustments to account for differences between the guideline publicly traded companies and the Company's reporting units. The similar transactions method considers prices paid in transactions that have recently occurred in the reporting unit's industry or in related industries. These valuation techniques are weighted 50%, 40% and 10%, respectively. Under the income approach, management's assumptions include the revenue growth rate and discount rate. Under the guideline public company method, the Company used multiples of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) or revenues based on the market information of comparable companies.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the goodwill impairment assessment of the Nuvolo reporting unit is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when developing the fair value estimate of the Nuvolo reporting unit; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management's significant assumptions related to revenue growth rate and discount rate used in the

F-3

Table of Contents

discounted cash flow valuation model; and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management's goodwill impairment test, including controls over the valuation of the Nuvolo reporting unit. These procedures also included, among others (i) testing management's process for developing the fair value estimate of the Nuvolo reporting unit; (ii) evaluating the appropriateness of the valuation techniques used by management; (iii) testing the completeness and accuracy of underlying data used in the discounted cash flow model and market-adjusted multiple of revenues valuation approach; and (iv) evaluating the reasonableness of the significant assumptions used by management related to revenue growth rate and discount rate used in the discounted cash flow valuation model. Evaluating management's assumptions related to revenue growth rate involved evaluating whether the assumptions used by management were reasonable considering (i) the current performance of the Nuvolo reporting unit; (ii) the consistency with external market and industry data; and (iii) whether these assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in evaluating (i) the appropriateness of the valuation techniques and (ii) the reasonableness of the discount rate assumption.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Charlotte, North Carolina

February 65, ~~2025~~2026

We have served as the Company's auditor since at least 1906. We have not been able to determine the specific year we began serving as auditor of the Company.

F-43

Table of Contents

Trane Technologies plc

Consolidated Statements of Earnings

In millions, except per share amounts

For the years ended December 31,	~~2024~~2025		~~2023~~2024		~~2022~~2023
Net revenues
Products	$	13,~~314~~982.53	$	1113,~~975~~314.45	$	1011,~~930~~975.84
Services	67,~~523~~339.76		56,~~702~~523.27		5,~~060~~702.92
	19,838.2		17,677.6		15,991.7
	21,321.9		19,838.2		17,677.6
Costs and expenses
Cost of products sold	(89,~~927~~426.95)		(8,~~414~~927.29)		(78,~~935~~414.2)
Cost of services sold	(34,~~829~~185.82)		(3,~~406~~829.28)		(3,~~091~~406.72)
Selling and administrative expenses	(3,~~580~~742.48)		(23,~~963~~580.24)		(2,~~545~~963.92)
Operating income	3,~~500~~967.14		23,~~894~~500.01		2,~~418~~894.90
Interest expense	(~~238~~226.47)		(~~234~~238.54)		(~~223~~234.5)
Other income/(expense), net	(1962.91)		(9219.29)		(2392.32)
Earnings before income taxes	3,~~241~~678.86		23,~~567~~241.38		2,~~172~~567.13
Provision for income taxes	(~~627~~705.69)		(~~498~~627.46)		(~~375~~498.94)
Earnings from continuing operations	2,~~614~~972.27		2,~~068~~614.92		12,~~796~~068.29
Discontinued operations, net of tax	(2437.70)		(2724.27)		(2127.52)
Net earnings	2,~~589~~935.57		2,~~041~~589.75		12,~~774~~041.7
Less: Net earnings from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests	(2117.61)		(1721.86)		(1817.28)
Net earnings attributable to Trane Technologies plc	$	2,~~567~~918.96	$	2,~~023~~567.9	$	12,~~756~~023.59
Amounts attributable to Trane Technologies plc ordinary shareholders:
Continuing operations	$	2,~~592~~955.6	$	2,~~051~~592.16	$	12,~~778~~051.01
Discontinued operations	(2437.70)		(2724.27)		(2127.52)
Net earnings	$	2,~~567~~918.96	$	2,~~023~~567.9	$	12,~~756~~023.59
Earnings (loss) per share attributable to Trane Technologies plc ordinary shareholders:
Basic:
Continuing operations	$	1113.4625	$	811.9746	$	78.6597
Discontinued operations	(0.1116)		(0.1211)		(0.1012)
Net earnings	$	1113.3509	$	811.8535	$	78.5585
Diluted:
Continuing operations	$	1113.3514	$	811.8935	$	78.5789
Discontinued operations	(0.1116)		(0.1211)		(0.0912)
Net earnings	$	1112.2498	$	811.7724	$	78.4877

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-54

Table of Contents

Trane Technologies plc

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

In millions

For the years ended December 31,	~~2024~~2025		~~2023~~2024		~~2022~~2023
Net earnings	$	2,~~589~~935.57	$	2,~~041~~589.75	$	12,~~774~~041.7
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Currency translation	~~(201~~362.6)1		72(201.56)		~~(202~~72.7)5
Cash flow hedges
Unrealized net gains (losses) arising during period	(642.8)9		(46.48)		(244.34)
Net (gains) losses reclassified into earnings	1(12.03)		131.50		1013.25
Tax (expense) benefit	1(7.45)		(1.6)4		2(1.56)
Total cash flow hedges, net of tax	(423.4)1		7(4.54)		~~(11~~7.6)5
Pension and OPEB adjustments:
Prior service costs for the period	—0.1		—		~~(3.3)~~—
Net actuarial gains (losses) for the period	(025.1)		16(0.81)		5416.28
Amortization reclassified into earnings	56.43		75.4		217.64
Net curtailment and settlement losses reclassified into earnings	(136.0)3		(1.40)		151.04
Currency translation and other	11(7.02)		(311.7)0		12(3.7)
Tax (expense) benefit	(318.27)		(63.2)		(166.12)
Total pension and OPEB adjustments, net of tax	1241.19		1512.71		8415.17
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	~~(193~~427.9)1		95(193.79)		~~(130~~95.2)7
Comprehensive income, net of tax	$	23,~~395~~362.68	$	2,~~137~~395.46	$	12,~~644~~137.54
Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests	(2118.09)		(1821.10)		(1618.61)
Comprehensive income attributable to Trane Technologies plc	$	23,~~374~~343.69	$	2,~~119~~374.36	$	12,~~627~~119.93

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-65

Table of Contents

Trane Technologies plc

Consolidated Balance Sheets

In millions, except share amounts

December 31,

~~2024~~2025

~~2023~~2024

ASSETS

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

1,~~590~~763.13

1,~~095~~590.31

Accounts and notes receivable, net

3,~~090~~235.23

23,~~956~~090.82

Inventories

12,~~971~~103.56

21,~~152~~971.15

Other current assets

~~686~~760.08

~~665~~686.70

Total current assets

7,~~337~~863.80

67,~~869~~337.98

Property, plant and equipment, net

2,~~024~~251.53

12,~~772~~024.25

Goodwill

6,~~127~~457.90

6,~~095~~127.39

Intangible assets, net

3,~~308~~236.27

3,~~439~~308.82

Other noncurrent assets

1,~~348~~612.37

1,~~214~~348.73

Total assets

2021,~~146~~420.7

1920,~~391~~146.97

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

2,~~148~~153.09

2,~~025~~148.20

Accrued compensation and benefits

~~678~~614.48

~~591~~678.74

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

2,~~790~~825.30

2,~~634~~790.73

Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt

~~452~~693.20

~~801~~452.92

Total current liabilities

6,~~068~~286.97

6,~~053~~068.59

Long-term debt

43,~~318~~922.1

34,~~977~~318.91

Postemployment and other benefit liabilities

~~561~~541.95

~~596~~561.9

Deferred and noncurrent income taxes

~~586~~716.63

~~703~~586.76

Other noncurrent liabilities

1,~~124~~353.32

1,~~042~~124.93

Total liabilities

12,~~659~~819.8

12,~~374~~659.98

Equity:

Trane Technologies plc shareholders' equity

Ordinary shares, $1.00 par value (248,971,153 and 251,673,874 shares issued at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively)

249.0

251.7

Ordinary shares, $1.00 par value (244,968,933 and 248,971,153 shares issued at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively)

245.0

249.0

Ordinary shares held in treasury, at cost (24,497,206 and 24,500,713 shares at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively)

(1,719.3)

(1,719.4)

Ordinary shares held in treasury, at cost (23,496,975 and 24,497,206 shares at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively)

(1,649.1)

(1,719.3)

Retained earnings

910,~~791~~422.81

9,~~133~~791.78

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

(~~864~~438.18)

(~~670~~864.81)

Total Trane Technologies plc shareholders' equity

78,~~457~~579.42

67,~~995~~457.24

Noncontrolling interest

2921.57

2129.85

Total equity

78,~~486~~600.9

7,~~017~~486.09

Total liabilities and equity

2021,~~146~~420.7

1920,~~391~~146.97

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-76

Trane Technologies plc

Consolidated Statements of Equity

			Trane Technologies plc shareholders' equity
In millions, except per share amounts	Totalequity		Ordinary shares			Ordinary shares held in treasury, at cost		Capital inexcess ofpar value		Retainedearnings		Accumulated othercomprehensiveincome (loss)		Noncontrolling Interest
			Amount at par value		Shares
Balance at December 31, 2021	$	6,273.1	$	259.7	259.7	$	(1,719.4)	$	—	$	8,353.2	$	(637.6)	$	17.2
Net earnings	1,774.7		—		—	—		—		1,756.5		—		18.2
Other comprehensive income (loss)	(130.2)		—		—	—		—		—		(128.6)		(1.6)
Shares issued under incentive stock plans	2.6		1.1		1.1	—		1.5		—		—		—
Repurchase of ordinary shares	(1,200.2)		(7.5)		(7.5)	—		(45.4)		(1,147.3)		—		—
Share-based compensation	54.3		—		—	—		56.2		(1.9)		—		—
Dividends declared to noncontrolling interest	(14.5)		—		—	—		—		—		—		(14.5)
Cash dividends declared ($2.68 per share)	(620.7)		—		—	—		—		(620.7)		—		—
Acquisition/divestiture of noncontrolling interests	(15.1)		—		—	—		(12.4)		—		—		(2.7)
Separation of Ingersoll Rand Industrial	(18.9)		—		—	—		—		(18.9)		—		—
Other	0.1		—		—	—		0.1		—		—		—
Balance at December 31, 2022	$	6,105.2	$	253.3	253.3	$	(1,719.4)	$	—	$	8,320.9	$	(766.2)	$	16.6
Net earnings	2,041.7		—		—	—		—		2,023.9		—		17.8
Other comprehensive income (loss)	95.7		—		—	—		—		—		95.4		0.3
Shares issued under incentive stock plans	79.3		1.7		1.7	—		77.6		—		—		—
Repurchase of ordinary shares	(669.3)		(3.3)		(3.3)	—		(142.1)		(523.9)		—		—
Share-based compensation	61.6		—		—	—		64.3		(2.7)		—		—
Dividends declared to noncontrolling interest	(12.9)		—		—	—		—		—		—		(12.9)
Cash dividends declared ($3.00 per share)	(684.5)		—		—	—		—		(684.5)		—		—
Other	0.2		—		—	—		0.2		—		—		—
Balance at December 31, 2023	$	7,017.0	$	251.7	251.7	$	(1,719.4)	$	—	$	9,133.7	$	(670.8)	$	21.8
Net earnings	2,589.5		—		—	—		—		2,567.9		—		21.6
Other comprehensive income (loss)	(193.9)		—		—	—		—		—		(193.3)		(0.6)
Shares issued under incentive stock plans	46.9		1.2		1.2	0.1		45.6		—		—		—
Repurchase of ordinary shares	(1,280.8)		(3.9)		(3.9)	—		(128.6)		(1,148.3)		—		—
Share-based compensation	80.1		—		—	—		82.9		(2.8)		—		—
Dividends declared to noncontrolling interest	(13.3)		—		—	—		—		—		—		(13.3)
Cash dividends declared ($3.36 per share)	(758.7)		—		—	—		—		(758.7)		—		—
Other	0.1		—		—	—		0.1		—		—		—
Balance at December 31, 2024	$	7,486.9	$	249.0	249.0	$	(1,719.3)	$	—	$	9,791.8	$	(864.1)	$	29.5
Net earnings	2,935.7		—		—	—		—		2,918.6		—		17.1
Other comprehensive income (loss)	427.1		—		—	—		—		—		425.3		1.8
Shares issued under incentive stock plans	12.6		0.8		0.8	—		11.8		—		—		—
Repurchase of ordinary shares	(1,481.3)		(3.8)		(3.8)	—		(98.4)		(1,379.1)		—		—
Cancellation of treasury shares	—		(1.0)		(1.0)	70.2		—		(69.2)		—		—
Share-based compensation	84.0		—		—	—		86.6		(2.6)		—		—
Dividends declared to noncontrolling interest	(26.7)		—		—	—		—		—		—		(26.7)
Cash dividends declared ($3.76 per share)	(837.4)		—		—	—		—		(837.4)		—		—
Balance at December 31, 2025	$	8,600.9	$	245.0	245.0	$	(1,649.1)	$	—	$	10,422.1	$	(438.8)	$	21.7

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-87

Table of Contents

Trane Technologies plc

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

In millions

For the years ended December 31,	~~2024~~2025		~~2023~~2024		~~2022~~2023
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net earnings	$	2,~~589~~935.57	$	2,~~041~~589.75	$	12,~~774~~041.7
Discontinued operations, net of tax	2437.70		2724.27		2127.52
Adjustments for non-cash transactions:
Depreciation and amortization	~~379~~376.43		~~348~~379.14		~~323~~348.61
Pension and other postretirement benefits	4034.68		5140.06		5551.60
Stock settled share-based compensation	8286.96		6482.39		5664.3
Other non-cash items, net	~~(178~~31.3)6		(32178.73)		17(32.17)
Changes in other assets and liabilities, net of the effects of acquisitions:
Accounts and notes receivable	(~~180~~61.62)		(~~110~~180.16)		(~~345~~110.41)
Inventories	~~162~~(84.58)		~~(96~~162.4)5		(~~466~~96.74)
Other current and noncurrent assets	(~~162~~304.48)		(~~152~~162.34)		(~~116~~152.83)
Accounts payable	~~100~~(2.96)		~~(125~~100.3)9		~~317~~(125.93)
Other current and noncurrent liabilities	~~318~~171.58		~~411~~318.35		60411.93
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities	3,~~177~~220.74		23,~~426~~177.87		12,~~698~~426.78
Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operating activities	(3225.19)		(3732.21)		(~~194~~37.72)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	3,~~145~~194.65		23,~~389~~145.6		12,~~504~~389.06
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures	(~~370~~383.60)		(~~300~~370.76)		(~~291~~300.87)
Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired	(~~180~~276.30)		(~~862~~180.83)		(~~234~~862.78)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment	420.76		94.27		9.72
Purchases of short-term investments	~~(450.0)~~—		—(450.0)		—
Proceeds from short-term investments	~~450.0~~—		—450.0		—
Other investing activities, net	(161.76)		(1716.97)		(2317.09)
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing investing activities	(562.9)		(1,172.2)		(539.8)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	(640.0)		(562.9)		(1,172.2)
Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued investing activities	—		—		(0.6)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	(562.9)		(1,172.2)		(540.4)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Short-term borrowings (payments), net	—		~~(1.9)~~—		—(1.9)
Proceeds from long-term debt	~~498.5~~—		~~699~~498.25		—699.2
Payments of long-term debt	(~~507~~159.51)		(~~754~~507.65)		(9754.6)
Net proceeds from (payments of) debt	(9159.01)		(579.30)		(957.63)
Debt issuance costs	(42.60)		(6.4.6)		(26.14)
Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders	(~~757~~837.53)		(~~683~~757.75)		(~~620~~683.27)
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests	(1326.37)		(1213.93)		(1412.59)
Proceeds (payments) from shares issued under incentive plans, net	4612.96		7946.39		279.63
Repurchase of ordinary shares	(1,~~280~~481.83)		(~~669~~1,280.38)		(~~1,200~~669.23)
Settlement related to special cash payment	—		—		(6.2)
Other financing activities, net	(2.0)		(2.3)		—
Other financing activities, net	(2.3)		—		(2.0)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(2,495.8)		(2,020.6)		(1,350.3)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(2,020.6)		(1,350.3)		(1,852.2)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	114.5		(67.3)		7.7
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(67.3)		7.7		(50.1)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	173.2		494.8		(125.2)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	494.8		(125.2)		(938.7)
Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period	1,590.1		1,095.3		1,220.5
Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period	1,095.3		1,220.5		2,159.2
Cash and cash equivalents – end of period	$	1,763.3	$	1,590.1	$	1,095.3
Cash and cash equivalents – end of period	$	1,590.1	$	1,095.3	$	1,220.5
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	$	~~233~~222.30	$	~~217~~233.43	$	~~218~~217.04
Income taxes, net of refunds	$	~~710~~647.51	$	~~523~~717.62	$	~~321~~526.31

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-98

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY

Trane Technologies plc, a public limited company, incorporated in Ireland in 2009, and its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively we, our, the Company or Trane Technologies) is a global climate innovator. The Company brings sustainable and efficient solutions to buildings, homes and transportation through the Company's strategic brands, Trane® and Thermo King®, and its environmentally responsible portfolio of products, services and connected intelligent controls. The Company generates revenue and cash primarily through the design, manufacture, sales and service of solutions for Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC), transport refrigeration, and custom refrigeration solutions.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

A summary of significant accounting policies used in the preparation of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements follows:

Basis of Presentation: The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements reflect the consolidated operations of the Company and have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) as defined by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) within the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC). Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

The results of operations and cash flows of all discontinued operations have been separately reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented. The Company recorded certain income and expenses associated with asbestos liabilities and corresponding insurance recoveries within Discontinued operations, net of tax, as they related to previously divested businesses, except for amounts associated with the predecessor of the Murray Boiler LLC (Murray) asbestos liabilities and corresponding insurance recoveries, which were recorded within continuing operations. See Note 20, "Commitments and Contingencies" for more information regarding asbestos-related matters.

The Consolidated Financial Statements include all majority-owned subsidiaries of the Company. A noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is considered an ownership interest in a majority-owned subsidiary that is not attributable to the parent. The Company includes Noncontrolling interest as a component of Total equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and the Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests are presented as an adjustment from Net earnings used to arrive at Net earnings attributable to Trane Technologies plc in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates are based on several factors including the facts and circumstances available at the time the estimates are made, historical experience, risk of loss, general economic conditions and trends, and the assessment of the probable future outcome. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of changes, if any, are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings in the period that they are determined.

Currency Translation: Assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries, where the functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, have been translated at year-end exchange rates, and income and expense accounts have been translated using average exchange rates throughout the year. Adjustments resulting from the process of translating an entity's financial statements into the U.S. dollar have been recorded in the equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheets within Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Transactions that are denominated in a currency other than an entity's functional currency are subject to changes in exchange rates with the resulting gains and losses recorded within Other income/(expense), net.

Cash and Cash Equivalents: Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, demand deposits and all highly liquid investments with original maturities at the time of purchase of three months or less. The Company maintains amounts on deposit at various financial institutions, which may at times exceed federally insured limits. However, management periodically evaluates the credit-worthiness of those institutions and has not experienced any losses on such deposits.

F-109

Table of Contents

Allowance for Credit Losses: The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses which represents the best estimate of expected loss inherent in the Company's accounts receivable portfolio. This estimate is based upon a two-step policy that results in the total recorded allowance for credit losses. The first step is to record a portfolio reserve based on the aging of the outstanding accounts receivable portfolio and the Company's historical experience with the Company's end markets, customer base and products. The second step is to create a specific reserve for significant accounts as to which the customer's ability to satisfy their financial obligation to the Company is in doubt due to circumstances such as bankruptcy, deteriorating operating results or financial position. In these circumstances, management uses its judgment to record an allowance based on the best estimate of expected loss, factoring in such considerations as the market value of collateral, if applicable. Actual results could differ from those estimates. These estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of changes, if any, are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings in the period that they are determined. The Company's allowance for credit losses was $5653.69 million and $4456.86 million as of December 31, ~~2024~~2025 and ~~2023~~2024, respectively.

Inventories: Depending on the business, U.S. inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method or the lower of cost and net realizable value (NRV) using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Non-U.S. inventories are stated at the lower of cost and NRV using the FIFO method. At ~~both~~ December 31, ~~2024~~2025 and ~~2023~~2024, approximately 62% and 59%, respectively, of all inventory utilized the LIFO method.

Property, Plant and Equipment: Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Assets placed in service are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset except for leasehold improvements, which are depreciated over the shorter of their economic useful life or their lease term. The range of useful lives used to depreciate property, plant and equipment is as follows:


Buildings	10	to	50	years
Machinery and equipment	2	to	12	years
Software	2	to	7	years

Major expenditures for replacements and significant improvements that increase asset values and extend useful lives are also capitalized. Capitalized costs are amortized over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Repairs and maintenance expenditures that do not extend the useful life of the asset are charged to expense as incurred. The carrying amounts of assets that are sold or retired and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts in the year of disposal, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected within current earnings.

The Company assesses the recoverability of the carrying value of its property, plant and equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset group to the future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset group, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset group exceeds the fair value of the asset group.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets: The Company records as goodwill the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination. Measurement period adjustments may be recorded once a final valuation has been performed. Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested and reviewed annually for impairment during the fourth quarter or whenever there is a significant change in events or circumstances that indicate that the fair value of the asset is more likely than not less than the carrying amount of the asset. In addition, an interim impairment test is completed upon a triggering event or when there is a reorganization of reporting structure or disposal of all or a portion of a reporting unit.

Impairment of goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level. The test compares the carrying amount of the reporting unit to its estimated fair value. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired. To the extent that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment loss would be recognized for the amount by which the reporting unit's carrying amount exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill in that reporting unit.

Intangible assets such as customer-related intangible assets and other intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated economic lives. The weighted-average useful lives approximate the following:

Customer relationships			1514			years
Other			8			years

The Company assesses the recoverability of the carrying value of its intangible assets with finite useful lives whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset group to the future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset group, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset group exceeds the fair value of the asset group.

F-1110

Table of Contents

Business Combinations: Acquisitions that meet the definition of a business combination are recorded using the acquisition method of accounting. The Company includes the operating results of acquired entities from their respective dates of acquisition. The Company recognizes and measures the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, including contingent consideration relating to earnout provisions, and any non-controlling interest as of the acquisition date fair value. The excess, if any, of total consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any non-controlling interest is recognized as goodwill. Costs incurred as a result of a business combination other than costs related to the issuance of debt or equity securities are recorded in the period the costs are incurred. Additionally, at each reporting period, contingent consideration is remeasured to fair value, with changes recorded in Selling and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

Equity Investments: Partially-owned equity affiliates generally represent 20-50% ownership interests in equity investments where the Company demonstrates significant influence, but does not have a controlling financial interest. Partially-owned equity affiliates are accounted for under the equity method.

The Company invests in companies that complement existing products and services further enhancing its product portfolio. The Company records equity investments for which it does not have significant influence and without a readily determinable fair value at cost with adjustments for observable changes in price or impairment as permitted by the measurement alternative. Investments for which the measurement alternative has been elected are assessed for impairment upon a triggering event. Equity investments without a readily determinable fair value were $8781.72 million and $6987.97 million for the years ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025 and December 31, ~~2023~~2024, respectively.

Employee Benefit Plans: The Company provides a range of benefits, including pensions, postretirement and postemployment benefits to eligible current and former employees. Determining the cost associated with such benefits is dependent on various actuarial assumptions, including discount rates, expected return on plan assets, compensation increases, mortality, turnover rates, and healthcare cost trend rates. Actuaries perform the required calculations to determine expense in accordance with GAAP. Actual results may differ from the actuarial assumptions and are generally accumulated into Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and amortized into Net earnings over future periods. The Company reviews its actuarial assumptions at each measurement date and makes modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends, if appropriate.

Loss Contingencies: Liabilities are recorded for various contingencies arising in the normal course of business. The Company has recorded reserves in the financial statements related to these matters, which are developed using input derived from actuarial estimates and historical and anticipated experience data depending on the nature of the reserve, and in certain instances with consultation of legal counsel, internal and external consultants and engineers. Subject to the uncertainties inherent in estimating future costs for these types of liabilities, the Company believes its estimated reserves are reasonable and does not believe the final determination of the liabilities with respect to these matters would have a material effect on the financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or cash flows of the Company for any year.

Environmental Costs: The Company is subject to laws and regulations relating to protecting the environment. Environmental expenditures relating to current operations are expensed or capitalized as appropriate. Expenditures relating to existing conditions caused by past operations, which do not contribute to current or future revenues, are expensed. Liabilities for remediation costs are recorded when they are probable and can be reasonably estimated, generally no later than the completion of feasibility studies or the Company's commitment to a plan of action. The assessment of this liability, which is calculated based on existing remediation technology, does not reflect any offset for possible recoveries from insurance companies, and is not discounted.

Product Warranties: Standard product warranty accruals are recorded at the time of sale and are estimated based upon product warranty terms and historical experience. The Company assesses the adequacy of its liabilities and will make adjustments as necessary based on known or anticipated warranty claims, or as new information becomes available. The Company's extended warranty liability represents the deferred revenue associated with its extended warranty contracts and is amortized into revenue on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract, unless another method is more representative of the costs incurred. The Company assesses the adequacy of its liability by evaluating the expected costs under its existing contracts to ensure these expected costs do not exceed the extended warranty liability.

Income Taxes: Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, applying enacted tax rates expected to be in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Company recognizes future tax benefits, such as net operating losses and tax credits, to the extent that realizing these benefits is considered in its judgment to be more likely than not. The Company regularly reviews the recoverability of its deferred tax assets considering its historic profitability, projected future taxable income, timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and the feasibility of its tax planning strategies. Where appropriate, the Company records a valuation allowance with respect to a future tax benefit.

F-1211

Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition: Revenue is recognized when control of a good or service promised in a contract (i.e., performance obligation) is transferred to a customer. Control is obtained when a customer has the ability to direct the use of and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from that good or service. The majority of the Company's revenue is recognized at a point-in-time as control is transferred at a distinct point in time per the terms of a contract. However, a portion of the Company's revenue is recognized over-time as the customer simultaneously receives control as the Company performs work under a contract. For these arrangements, the cost-to-cost input method (percentage of completion) is used as it best depicts the transfer of control to the customer that occurs as the Company incurs costs. See Note 12, "Revenue" to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding revenue recognition.

Research and Development Costs: The Company conducts research and development activities focused on product and system sustainability improvements such as increasing energy efficiency, developing products that allow for use of lower global warming potential refrigerants, reducing material content in products, and designing products for circularity. These expenditures are expensed when incurred. For the years ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025, ~~2023~~2024 and ~~2022~~2023, these expenditures amounted to $~~309~~347.6 million, $~~252~~309.36 million and $~~211~~252.23 million, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The FASB ASC is the sole source of authoritative GAAP other than the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued rules and regulations that apply only to SEC registrants. The FASB issues an Accounting Standard Update (ASU) to communicate changes to the codification. The Company considers the applicability and impact of all ASU's. ASU's not listed below were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In ~~November~~December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-0709, "~~Segment Reporting (Topic 280):~~ Improvements to ~~Reportable~~Income ~~Segment~~Tax Disclosures (Topic 740)" (ASU 2023-0709) which ~~requires~~improves ~~public~~the ~~entities~~transparency toof ~~disclose~~income ~~information~~tax ~~about~~disclosures ~~their~~by ~~reportable~~requiring ~~segments'~~consistent ~~oversight~~categories and ~~significant~~greater ~~expenses~~disaggregation onof aninformation ~~interim~~in the rate reconciliation and ~~annual~~income ~~basis~~taxes paid disaggregated by jurisdiction. The ASU is effective for ~~fiscal~~annual ~~years beginning after December 15, 2023 and interim~~ periods ~~within fiscal years~~ beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company adopted ~~this~~ASU 2023-09, as required, for the year ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025 on a retrospective basis. See Note 1916, "~~Business~~Income ~~Segment Information~~Taxes" for more information ~~regarding~~on the Company's ~~segment~~income tax disclosures.

In September 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-04, "Liabilities - Supplier Finance Program (Subtopic 405-50): Disclosure of Supplier Program Finance Obligations," which requires that a company that enters into a supplier finance program disclose sufficient information about the program to allow a user of financial statements to understand the program's nature, activity during the period, changes from period to period, and potential magnitude. To achieve that objective, the Company should disclose qualitative and quantitative information about its supplier finance programs. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2023, except for the amendment on roll forward information which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023. See Note 8, "Supplier Financing Arrangements" for more information regarding the Company's supplier financing program.

In November 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-10, "Government Assistance (Topic 832): Disclosures by Business Entities about Government Assistance" (ASU 2021-10), which requires additional disclosures regarding government grants and cash contributions. The additional disclosures required by this update include information about the nature of the transactions and the related accounting policy used to account for the transaction, the financial statement line items affected by the transactions and the amounts applicable to each financial statement line item and significant terms and conditions of the transactions, including commitments and contingencies. ASU 2021-10 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021 with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2022 with no material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Accounting Pronouncements Issued but not yet Adopted

In ~~November~~September ~~2024~~2025, the FASB issued ASU ~~2024~~2025-0306, "~~Income~~Intangibles ~~Statement~~-~~Reporting~~ ~~Comprehensive~~Goodwill ~~Income~~and Other -~~Expense~~ ~~Disaggregation~~Internal-Use ~~Disclosures~~Software: ~~(Subtopic~~Targeted ~~220~~Improvements to the accounting for Internal-~~40)~~Use Software" (ASU ~~2024~~2025-0306) which ~~requires~~modernizes ~~additional~~accounting ~~disaggregated~~guidance ~~disclosures~~for in the ~~notes~~costs to ~~financial~~develop ~~statements~~software for ~~certain~~internal ~~categories~~use, ofaligning ~~expenses~~the ~~that~~various ~~are~~stages ~~included~~of onsoftware ~~the~~development ~~face~~with ofcurrent ~~the~~software ~~income~~development ~~statement~~methods. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, ~~2026~~2027 and interim periods ~~beginning~~within ~~after~~those ~~December~~annual 15reporting periods. ASU 2025-06 can be applied prospectively, ~~2027~~retrospectively, or with a modified transition approach. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not currently expect to adopt this ASU before the required effective date. The Company is evaluating the impact of the standard and does not anticipate a material impact on its consolidated financial ~~statement disclosures~~statements.

FIn November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-1303, "Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income-Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40)" (ASU 2024-03) which requires additional disaggregated disclosures in the notes to financial statements for certain categories of expenses that are included on the face of the income statement. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026 and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not currently expect to adopt this ASU before the required effective date.

Table of Contents

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, "Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (Topic 740)" (ASU 2023-09) which improves the transparency of income tax disclosures by requiring consistent categories and greater disaggregation of information in the rate reconciliation and income taxes paid disaggregated by jurisdiction. The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not currently expect to adopt this ASU before the required effective date. The Company is evaluating the impact of the standard on its financial statement disclosures.

In October 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-06, "Disclosure Improvements: Codification Amendments in Response to SEC's Disclosure Update and Simplification Initiative" (ASU 2023-06) to amend a variety of disclosure requirements in the ASC. The effective date for each amendment will be the date on which the SEC's removal of that related disclosure from Regulation S-X or Regulation S-K becomes effective. Early adoption is prohibited. Upon adoption, this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on its financial statement disclosures.

NOTE 3. INVENTORIES

At December 31, the major classes of inventory were as follows:

In millions

~~2024~~2025

~~2023~~2024

Raw materials

~~612~~595.37

~~605~~612.13

Work-in-process

~~374~~375.41

~~385~~374.14

Finished goods

1,~~153~~352.54

1,~~332~~153.35

2,140.2

2,322.5

2,323.2

2,140.2

LIFO reserve

(~~168~~219.76)

(~~170~~168.47)

Total

12,~~971~~103.56

21,~~152~~971.15

~~The Company performs periodic assessments to determine the existence of obsolete, slow~~F-moving and non-saleable inventories and records necessary provisions to reduce such inventories to the lower of cost and NRV. Reserve balances, primarily related to obsolete and slow-moving inventories, were $163.7 million and $143.5 million at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.12

Table of Contents

The Company performs periodic assessments to determine the existence of obsolete, slow-moving and non-saleable inventories and records necessary provisions to reduce such inventories to the lower of cost and NRV. Reserve balances, primarily related to obsolete and slow-moving inventories, were $156.6 million and $163.7 million at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.

NOTE 4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

At December 31, the major classes of property, plant and equipment were as follows:

In millions

~~2024~~2025

~~2023~~2024

Land

4143.1

4241.31

Buildings

~~935~~1,034.82

~~832~~935.8

Machinery and equipment

2,~~478~~816.23

2,~~224~~478.42

Software

~~752~~740.53

~~721~~752.45

4,207.6

3,820.9

4,633.9

4,207.6

Accumulated depreciation

(2,~~183~~382.16)

(2,~~048~~183.71)

Total

2,~~024~~251.53

12,~~772~~024.25

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, ~~2024~~2025, ~~2023~~2024 and ~~2022~~2023 was $~~194~~207.04 million, $~~178~~194.30 million and $~~176~~178.53 million, which includes amounts for software amortization of $3834.28 million, $3638.52 million and $4236.15 million, respectively.

F-14

Table of Contents

NOTE 5. GOODWILL

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are as follows:

In millions	Americas		EMEA		Asia Pacific		Total
Net balance as of December 31, 2022	$	4,226.8	$	714.9	$	562.0	$	5,503.7
Net balance as of December 31, 2023	$	4,675.3	$	869.0	$	551.0	$	6,095.3
Acquisitions (1)	453.7		112.8		—		566.5
Measurement period adjustments	(8.7)		10.0		(0.1)		1.2
Currency translation	3.5		31.3		(10.9)		23.9
Net balance as of December 31, 2023	4,675.3		869.0		551.0		6,095.3
Acquisitions (1)	102.4		—		—		102.4
Measurement period adjustments	(2.2)		1.8		—		(0.4)
Currency translation	(6.4)		(49.2)		(13.8)		(69.4)
Net balance as of December 31, 2024	$4,769.1	~~4,769.1~~	$821.6	~~821.6~~	$537.2	~~537.2~~	$6,127.9	~~6,127.9~~
Acquisitions (1)	169.4		22.8		—		192.2
Measurement period adjustments	(1.2)		(1.8)		—		(3.0)
Currency translation	11.8		107.9		20.2		139.9
Net balance as of December 31, 2025	$	4,949.1	$	950.5	$	557.4	$	6,457.0

(1) Refer to Note 17, "Acquisitions and Divestitures" for more information regarding acquisitions.

The net goodwill balances at December 31, ~~2024~~2025, ~~2023~~2024 and ~~2022~~2023 include $2,496.0 million of accumulated impairment, primarily related to the Americas segment. The accumulated impairment relates entirely to a charge recorded in 2008.

NOTE 6. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following table sets forth the gross amount and related accumulated amortization of the Company's intangible assets at December 31:

	2024						2023
	2025						2024
In millions	Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization		Net carrying amount		Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization		Net carrying amount
Customer relationships	$	2,~~418~~452.4	$	(12,~~875~~021.4)	$	~~543~~431.0	$	2,~~384~~418.4	$	(1,~~731~~875.4)	$	~~653~~543.0
Other	~~423~~505.13		(~~267~~309.13)		~~156~~196.0		~~419~~423.61		(~~243~~267.1)		~~176~~156.50
Total finite-lived intangible assets	$	2,~~841~~957.57	$	(2,~~142~~330.57)	$	~~699~~627.0	$	2,~~804~~841.05	$	(12,~~974~~142.5)	$	~~829~~699.50
Trademarks (indefinite-lived)	2,609.27		—		2,609.27		2,~~610~~609.32		—		2,~~610~~609.32
Total	$	5,~~450~~567.74	$	(2,~~142~~330.57)	$	3,~~308~~236.27	$	5,~~414~~450.37	$	(12,~~974~~142.5)	$	3,~~439~~308.82

Intangible asset amortization expense for ~~2024~~2025, ~~2023~~2024 and ~~2022~~2023 was $~~180~~164.75 million, $~~165~~180.27 million and $~~142~~165.72 million, respectively.

~~Future estimated amortization expense on existing intangible assets in the next five years as of December 31, 2024 amounts to approximately:~~F-13

In millions
2025	$	156
2026	102
2027	73
2028	54
2029	52

F-15

Table of Contents

Future estimated amortization expense on existing intangible assets in the next five years as of December 31, 2025 amounts to approximately:


In millions
2026	$	112
2027	84
2028	63
2029	61
2030	60

NOTE 7. DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES

At December 31, Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt consisted of the following:

In millions	~~2024~~2025		~~2023~~2024
Debentures with put feature	$	~~295~~293.01	$	295.0
3.550% Senior Notes due 2024	—		499.4
7.200% Debentures due June 2025	—		7.5
7.200% Debentures due 2025	7.5		7.5
6.480% Senior Notes due June 2025	—		149.7
6.480% Senior Notes due 2025	149.7		—
3.500% Senior Notes due March 2026	399.9		—
Total	$	~~452~~693.20	$	~~801~~452.92

The Company's short-term obligations primarily consist of debentures with put features and current maturities of long-term debt. The weighted-average interest rate for Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt at December 31, ~~2024~~2025 and ~~2023~~2024 was 6.4.7% and 4.6.4%, respectively.

Commercial Paper Program

The Company uses borrowings under its commercial paper program for general corporate purposes. The maximum aggregate amount of unsecured commercial paper notes available to be issued, on a private placement basis, ~~under the commercial paper program~~ is $2.0 billion as of December 31, ~~2024~~2025. ~~Under~~The ~~the commercial paper program, the~~ Company may issue notes from time to time through Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc. or Trane Technologies Financing Limited. Each of Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l., Trane Technologies Americas Holding Corporation, Trane Technologies Global Holding II Company Limited, Trane Technologies Company LLC, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc. and Trane Technologies Financing Limited provided irrevocable and unconditional guarantees for any notes issued ~~under the commercial paper program~~. The Company had no ~~outstanding balance under its~~ commercial paper ~~program~~outstanding asat of December 31, ~~2024~~2025 and December 31, ~~2023~~2024.

Debentures with Put Feature

At both December 31, ~~2024~~2025 and December 31, ~~2023~~2024, the Company had $293.1 million and $295.0 million of fixed rate debentures, ~~outstanding~~respectively, which contain a put feature that the holders may exercise on each anniversary of the issuance date. If exercised, the Company is obligated to repay in whole or in part, at the holder's option, the outstanding principal amount of the debentures plus accrued and unpaid interest. If these options are not exercised, the final contractual maturity dates would range between 2027 and 2028. Holders ~~who~~ had the option to elect to exercise puts up to $37.2 million for settlement in February ~~2024~~2025 and $~~257~~256.80 million for settlement in November ~~2024~~2025. ~~did~~During ~~not~~the ~~exercise~~year ~~such~~ended ~~option~~December 31, 2025, no material amount of puts were elected to be exercised. During the year ended December 31, ~~2023~~2024, ~~$45.8 million~~no ~~put~~puts ~~options~~ were exercised.

F-1614

Table of Contents

At December 31, long-term debt excluding current maturities consisted of:

In millions	~~2024~~2025		~~2023~~2024
7.200% Debentures due 2025	$	—	$	7.5
3.500% Senior Notes due 2026	$	—	$	399.4
6.480% Debentures due 2025	—		149.7
3.750% Senior Notes due 2028	548.5		547.9
3.500% Senior Notes due 2026	399.4		398.9
3.800% Senior Notes due 2029	747.8		747.1
3.750% Senior Notes due 2028	547.9		547.3
5.250% Senior Notes due 2033	694.7		694.0
3.800% Senior Notes due 2029	747.1		746.4
5.100% Senior Notes due 2034	494.9		494.3
5.250% Senior Notes due 2033	694.0		693.3
5.750% Senior Notes due 2043	495.9		495.7
5.100% Senior Notes due 2034	494.3		—
4.650% Senior Notes due 2044	296.9		296.7
5.750% Senior Notes due 2043	495.7		495.4
4.300% Senior Notes due 2048	296.9		296.7
4.650% Senior Notes due 2044	296.7		296.6
4.500% Senior Notes due 2049	346.5		346.3
4.300% Senior Notes due 2048	296.7		296.6
Total	$	3,922.1	$	4,318.1
4.500% Senior Notes due 2049	346.3		346.2
Total	$	4,318.1	$	3,977.9

Scheduled maturities of long-term debt, including current maturities, as of December 31, ~~2024~~2025 are as follows:

In millions
2025	$	452.2
2026	$	693.0
2026	399.4
2027	—
2028	~~547~~548.95
2029	747.18
Thereafter	2,623.7
2030	—
Total	$	4,770.3
Thereafter	2,625.8
Total	$	4,615.1

Issuance of Senior Notes

In June 2024, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Trane Technologies Financing Limited, issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.100% Senior Notes due 2034. The notes are guaranteed by each of Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Global Holding II Company Limited, Trane Technologies Americas Holding Corporation, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.a.r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies Company LLC and Trane Technologies Holdco Inc. The Company has the option to redeem the notes in whole or in part at any time prior to their stated maturity date at redemption prices set forth in the indenture agreement. The notes are subject to certain customary covenants, however, none of these covenants are considered restrictive to the Company's operations. The net proceeds from the offering were used to purchase short-term investments of $450.0 million that matured in October 2024. The net proceeds of the short-term investments were used to fund the repayment of the $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 3.550% Senior Notes that matured in November 2024, including payment of fees, expenses, and accrued interest in connection therewith.

Other Credit Facilities

~~The~~On May 27, 2025, the Company entered into a $1.0 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facility with a term that ends in May 2030 and terminated its $1.0 billion credit facility that would have expired in June 2026. As a result, the Company maintains two $1.0 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facilities, one of which matures in ~~June~~April ~~2026~~2027 and the other which matures in ~~April~~May ~~2027~~2030 (collectively, the Facilities), through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc. and Trane Technologies Financing Limited (collectively, the Borrowers). The Facilities include Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) metrics related to two of the Company's sustainability commitments: greenhouse gas intensity and participation of women in management. The Company's annual performance against these ESG metrics may result in price adjustments to the commitment fee and applicable interest rate.

The Facilities provide support for the Company's commercial paper program and can be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes. Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l., Trane Technologies Americas Holding Corporation, Trane Technologies Global Holding II Company Limited, and Trane Technologies Company LLC each provide irrevocable and unconditional guarantees for these Facilities. In addition, each Borrower will guarantee the obligations under the Facilities of the other Borrowers. Total commitments of $2.0 billion were unused at December 31, ~~2024~~2025 and December 31, ~~2023~~2024.

F-1715

Table of Contents

Fair Value of Debt

The fair value of the Company's debt instruments at both December 31, ~~2024~~2025 and December 31, ~~2023~~2024 was $4.6 billion ~~and $4~~.7 ~~billion, respectively.~~ The Company measures the fair value of its debt instruments for disclosure purposes based upon observable market prices quoted on public exchanges for similar assets. These fair value inputs are considered Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy. See Note 9, "Fair Value Measurements" for information on the fair value hierarchy.

NOTE 8. SUPPLIER FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

The Company has anagreements ~~agreement~~ with afinancial institutions, primarily in the U.S., ~~financial institution~~ that ~~allows~~allow its suppliers to sell their receivables to the financial institution at the sole discretion of both the supplier and the financial institution on terms that are negotiated between them. The Company may not always be notified when its suppliers sell receivables under this program.

The Company's obligations to its suppliers, including the amounts due and scheduled payment dates, are not impacted by the suppliers' decisions to sell their receivables under the program. The payment terms that the Company has with participating suppliers under these programs are generally up to 120 days. The changes in the supplier financing program for the ~~year~~years ended December 31, ~~2024~~ were as follows:

In millions	2025	2024
Balance outstanding at beginning of year	$~~246~~272.08	$246.0
Invoices confirmed during year	1,~~026~~102.20	1,026.2
Confirmed invoices paid during year	(~~999~~1,129.49)	(999.4)
Balance outstanding at end of year	$~~272~~244.89	$272.8

Amounts due to suppliers participating in the supplier financing program are presented within Accounts payable in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

NOTE 9. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value hierarchy that prioritizes information used in developing assumptions when pricing an asset or liability is as follows:

•Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;

•Level 2: Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and

•Level 3: Unobservable inputs where there is little or no market data, which requires the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

Observable market data is required to be used in making fair value measurements when available. When inputs used to measure fair value fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the level within which the fair value measurement is categorized is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

F-1816

Table of Contents

The following table presents the Company's fair value hierarchy for those assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2025:


In millions	Fair Value		Fair value measurements
			Level 1		Level 2		Level 3

Assets:
Derivative instruments	$	28.5	$	—	$	28.5	$	—

Liabilities:
Derivative instruments	6.4		—		6.4		—

The following table presents the Company's fair value hierarchy for those assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2024:

In millions	Fair Value		Fair value measurements
In Millions	Fair Value		Fair value measurements
			Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Derivative instruments	$	2.5	$	—	$	2.5	$	—
Liabilities:
Derivative instruments	8.9		—		8.9		—
Contingent consideration	61.2		—		—		61.2

~~The~~Derivative ~~following~~instruments ~~table~~include ~~presents~~forward ~~the~~foreign ~~Company's~~currency ~~fair~~contracts ~~value~~and ~~hierarchy~~instruments ~~for~~related ~~those~~to ~~assets~~non-functional currency balance sheet exposures and ~~liabilities~~commodity ~~measured~~swaps. atThe fair value of the foreign exchange derivative instruments is determined based on a ~~recurring~~pricing ~~basis~~model asthat uses spot rates and forward prices from actively quoted currency markets that are readily accessible and observable. The fair value of ~~December 31~~the commodity derivatives is valued under a market approach using published prices, ~~2023:~~where applicable, or dealer quotes.

In Millions	Fair Value		Fair value measurements
			Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Derivative instruments	$	4.1	$	—	$	4.1	$	—
Liabilities:
Derivative instruments	4.8		—		4.8		—
Contingent consideration	90.3		—		—		90.3

Derivative instruments include forward foreign currency contracts and instruments related to non-functional currency balance sheet exposures and commodity swaps. The fair value of the foreign exchange derivative instruments are determined based on a pricing model that uses spot rates and forward prices from actively quoted currency markets that are readily accessible and observable. The fair value of the commodity derivatives is valued under a market approach using published prices, where applicable, or dealer quotes.

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable and accounts payable are a reasonable estimate of their fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. There have been no transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy.

The Company agreed to two contingent consideration arrangements based on the attainment of key revenue targets in connection with the acquisition of Nuvolo Technologies Corporation (Nuvolo) in November 2023. ~~The~~These ~~first~~targets ~~contingent~~were ~~consideration~~not ~~arrangement,~~met ~~payable~~as of ~~up to $90.0 million in cash, is based on the attainment of key revenue targets from November 2, 2023 through~~ April 4, 2025. IfAs ~~the~~a ~~first contingent consideration targets are met~~result, athe ~~second~~arrangements ~~contingent~~expired ~~consideration arrangement~~ with no ~~maximum~~payments ~~earnout~~made isand ~~available to~~ the ~~sellers~~remaining ~~based~~liability onfor ~~revenues~~contingent inconsideration ~~excess~~was ofderecognized ~~the~~in ~~initial~~March ~~targets attained from a specified customer contract through April 4,~~ 2025.

The ~~Company~~changes ~~agreed to a contingent consideration arrangement~~ in ~~connection with~~ the ~~acquisition~~fair value of ~~Farrar Scientific Corporation in October 2021, conditioned on~~ the ~~attainment~~Company's ofLevel ~~key~~3 ~~financial~~liabilities ~~targets~~ during the ~~period~~years ofended ~~January 1, 2022 through~~ December 31, ~~2024.~~2025 ~~These targets were not met~~ and no2024 ~~payment~~are ~~was~~as ~~made.~~follows:

Each quarter, the Company evaluates the fair value of the liability as assumptions change and any non-cash adjustments are recorded in Selling and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Contingent consideration related to acquisitions are measured at fair value using Level 3 unobservable inputs. The fair value of the contingent consideration is determined using the Monte Carlo simulation model based on revenue projections during the earnout period, implied revenue volatility and a risk adjusted discount rate.


In millions	2025		2024
Balance at beginning of period	$	61.2	$	90.3

Change in fair value of contingent consideration	(61.2)		(25.0)
Measurement period adjustment	—		(4.1)
Balance at end of period	$	—	$	61.2

The changes in the fair value of the Company's Level 3 liabilities during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 are as follows:

In millions	2024		2023
Balance at beginning of period	$	90.3	$	49.3
Fair value of contingent consideration recorded in connection with acquisitions	—		90.3
Change in fair value of contingent consideration	(25.0)		(49.3)
Measurement period adjustment	(4.1)		—
Balance at end of period	$	61.2	$	90.3

F-19

Table of Contents

The following inputs and assumptions were used in the Monte Carlo simulation model to estimate the fair value of the contingent consideration at December 31, 2024:

	2024		2023
Discount rate (risk adjusted)	8.55%-8.58%		8.14%-8.48%
Volatility	14.80	%	16.20	%

Refer to Note 17, "Acquisitions and Divestitures" for more information regarding the contingent consideration.

Certain assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The Company's equity investments without a readily available fair value are accounted for using the measurement alternative and are measured at fair value when observable transactions of identical or similar securities occurs, or due to an impairment. When indicators of impairment exist or observable price changes of qualified transactions occur, the respective equity investment would be classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy due to the absence of quoted market prices, the inherent lack of liquidity and unobservable inputs used to measure fair value that require management's judgment.

F-17

Table of Contents

NOTE 10. LEASES

The Company's lease portfolio includes various contracts for real estate, vehicles, information technology and other equipment. At contract inception, the Company determines a lease exists if the contract conveys the right to control an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Control is considered to exist when the lessee has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from the use of an identified asset as well as the right to direct the use of that asset. If a contract is considered to be a lease, the Company recognizes a lease liability based on the present value of the future lease payments, with an offsetting entry to recognize a right-of-use asset. Options to extend or terminate a lease are included when it is reasonably certain an option will be exercised. As a majority of the Company's leases do not provide an implicit rate within the lease, an incremental borrowing rate is used which is based on information available at the commencement date.

The following table includes a summary of the Company's lease portfolio and Balance Sheet classification:

In millions

Classification

December 31,~~2024~~2025

December 31,~~2023~~2024

Assets

Operating lease right-of-use assets (1)

Other noncurrent assets

~~602~~809.67

~~513~~602.16

Liabilities

Operating lease current

Other current liabilities

~~173~~222.50

~~155~~173.45

Operating lease noncurrent

Other noncurrent liabilities

~~441~~602.27

~~367~~441.32

Weighted average remaining lease term

54.09 years

5.0 years

Weighted average discount rate

4.69

4.56

(1) Prepaid lease payments and lease incentives are recorded as part of the right-of-use asset. The net impact was $1215.10 million and $912.61 million at December 31, ~~2024~~2025 and December 31, ~~2023~~2024, respectively.

The Company accounts for each separate lease component of a contract and its associated non-lease component as a single lease component. In addition, the Company utilizes a portfolio approach for the vehicle, information technology and equipment asset classes as the application of the lease model to the portfolio would not differ materially from the application of the lease model to the individual leases within the portfolio.

The following table includes lease costs and related cash flow information for the years ended December 31:

In millions

~~2024~~2025

~~2023~~2024

Operating lease expense

~~197~~244.81

~~187~~197.8

Variable lease expense

3539.61

3135.06

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

Operating cash flows from operating leases

~~195~~241.41

~~185~~195.34

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

~~244~~404.96

~~179~~244.29

Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. In addition, the Company has certain leases that contain variable lease payments which are based on an index, a rate referenced in the lease or on the actual usage of the leased asset. These payments are not included in the right-of-use asset or lease liability and are expensed as incurred as variable lease expense.

F-2018

Table of Contents

leased asset. These payments are not included in the right-of-use asset or lease liability and are expensed as incurred as variable lease expense.

Maturities of lease obligations were as follows:

In millions	December 31,~~2024~~2025
Operating leases:
2025	$	202.6
2026	$	259.8
2026	172.5
2027	213.2
2027	124.5
2028	166.7
2028	84.0
2029	123.3
2029	47.2
2030	69.2
After 2029	90.7
After 2030	118.0
Total lease payments	$	~~721~~950.52
Less: Interest	(~~106~~125.85)
Present value of lease liabilities	$	~~614~~824.7

NOTE 11. PENSIONS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS

The Company sponsors several U.S. defined benefit and defined contribution plans covering substantially all of the Company's U.S. employees. Additionally, the Company has many non-U.S. defined benefit and defined contribution plans covering eligible current and retired non-U.S. employees. Postretirement benefits other than pensions (OPEB) provide healthcare benefits and, in some instances, life insurance benefits for certain eligible current and retired employees.

Pension Plans

The non-contributory defined benefit pension plans covering non-collectively bargained U.S. employees provide benefits on a final average pay formula while plans for most collectively bargained U.S. employees provide benefits on a flat dollar benefit formula or a percentage of pay formula. The non-U.S. pension plans generally provide benefits based on earnings and years of service. The Company also maintains additional other supplemental plans for officers and other key or highly compensated employees.

FIn December 2025, the Company entered into a group annuity contract covering a portion of a U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan that transferred responsibility for payment of pension benefits to an insurance company. The Company transferred approximately $187.6 million of outstanding pension projected benefit obligation along with plan assets of a lesser amount. As a result of the transaction, the Company recognized a pre-21tax non-cash settlement charge of $35.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, of which $17.2 million was recorded in Continuing Operations and $17.9 million was recorded in Discontinued Operations. This settlement charge reflects the accelerated recognition of unamortized actuarial losses previously recorded in "Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss" relating to the proportion of the projected benefit obligation settled by the transaction.

F-19

Table of Contents

The following table details information regarding the Company's pension plans at December 31:

In millions	~~2024~~2025		~~2023~~2024
Change in benefit obligations:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	2,~~412~~239.51	$	2,~~386~~412.15
Service cost	3229.12		3432.41
Interest cost	~~112~~110.96		~~119~~112.69
Employee contributions	1.0		1.0
Actuarial (gains) losses (1)	~~(94~~18.5)6		63(94.75)
Benefits paid	(~~179~~155.34)		(~~187~~179.93)
Currency translation	~~(19~~43.4)		22(19.04)
Curtailments, settlements and special termination benefits	(7.0)		(2.4)
Curtailments, settlements and special termination benefits (2)	(202.8)		(7.0)
Other, including expenses paid	(1913.25)		(2419.02)
Benefit obligation at end of year	$	2,~~239~~070.12	$	2,~~412~~239.51
Change in plan assets:
Fair value at beginning of year	$	2,~~145~~010.72	$	2,~~051~~145.67
Actual return on assets	26159.71		~~192~~26.27
Company contributions	5833.91		9358.59
Employee contributions	1.0		1.0
Benefits paid	(~~179~~155.34)		(~~187~~179.93)
Currency translation	~~(16~~44.1)3		22(16.91)
Settlements	(7.0)		(2.4)
Settlements (2)	(202.8)		(7.0)
Other, including expenses paid	(19.7)		(25.2)
Acquisitions	3.1		—
Fair value of assets end of year	$	2,010.2	$	2,145.7
Other, including expenses paid	(17.0)		(19.7)
Net unfunded liability	$	(228.9)	$	(266.8)
Fair value of assets end of year	$	1,875.6	$	2,010.2
Net unfunded liability	$	(194.6)	$	(228.9)
Amounts included in the balance sheet:
Other noncurrent assets	$	6582.28	$	5265.52
Accrued compensation and benefits	(1525.6)		(1015.86)
Postemployment and other benefit liabilities	(~~278~~251.58)		(~~308~~278.5)
Net amount recognized	$	(~~228~~194.96)	$	(~~266~~228.89)

(1) Actuarial (gains) losses primarily resulted from changes in discount rates.

It(2) isSettlements ~~the~~in ~~Company's~~2025 ~~objective~~include ~~to contribute to~~ the ~~pension~~effect plans to ensure adequate funds, and no less than required by law, are available in the plans to make benefit payments to plan participants and beneficiaries when required. However, certain plans are not or cannot be funded due to either legal, accounting, or tax requirements in certain jurisdictions. As of ~~December 31, 2024, approximately seven percent of~~ the ~~Company's~~group ~~projected~~annuity ~~benefit~~contract ~~obligation~~purchase ~~relates~~discussed ~~to plans that cannot be funded~~above.

It is the Company's objective to contribute to the pension plans to ensure adequate funds, and no less than required by law, are available in the plans to make benefit payments to plan participants and beneficiaries when required. However, certain plans are not or cannot be funded due to either legal, accounting, or tax requirements in certain jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2025, approximately 8% of the Company's projected benefit obligation relates to plans that cannot be funded.

The pretax amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:

In millions	Prior service benefit (cost)		Net actuarial gains (losses)		Total
December 31, 2023	$	(18.0)	$	(485.8)	$	(503.8)
Current year changes recorded to AOCI	—		3.2		3.2
Amortization reclassified to earnings	3.0		15.0		18.0
Settlements/curtailments reclassified to earnings	—		1.0		1.0
Currency translation and other	0.2		1.9		2.1
December 31, 2024	$	(14.8)	$	(464.7)	$	(479.5)
Current year changes recorded to AOCI	0.1		33.2		33.3
Amortization reclassified to earnings	2.8		15.7		18.5
Settlements/curtailments reclassified to earnings	—		36.3		36.3
Currency translation and other	(0.9)		(9.3)		(10.2)
December 31, 2025	$	(12.8)	$	(388.8)	$	(401.6)

F-2220

Table of Contents

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation at December 31 were as follows:

	2024		2023
	2025		2024
Discount rate:
U.S. plans	5.6231	%	5.1662	%
Non-U.S. plans	4.7587	%	4.1875	%
Rate of compensation increase:
U.S. plans	4.03	%	4.0203	%
Non-U.S. plans	43.0890	%	4.0708	%

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $2,~~201~~032.34 million and $2,~~372~~201.23 million at December 31, ~~2024~~2025 and ~~2023~~2024, respectively. The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations more than plan assets were $1,~~833~~638.31 million, $1,~~808~~613.80 million and $1,~~541~~362.59 million, respectively, as of December 31, ~~2024~~2025, and $1,~~928~~833.63 million, $1,~~902~~808.38 million and $1,~~611~~541.05 million, respectively, as of December 31, ~~2023~~2024.

Pension benefit payments are expected to be paid as follows:

In millions
2025	$	191.9
2026	$	183.2
2026	190.3
2027	205.6
2027	207.5
2028	161.0
2028	178.1
2029	157.2
2029	172.5
2030	160.9
2030-2034	864.5
2031-2035	769.9

The components of the Company's net periodic pension benefit costs for the years ended December 31 include the following:

In millions	~~2024~~2025		~~2023~~2024		~~2022~~2023
Service cost	$	3229.12	$	3432.41	$	4734.54
Interest cost	~~112~~110.96		~~119~~112.69		70119.36
Expected return on plan assets	(~~117~~107.80)		(~~120~~117.38)		(~~103~~120.83)
Net amortization of:
Prior service costs (benefits)	32.08		3.60		3.96
Plan net actuarial (gains) losses	15.07		1615.20		2316.32
Net periodic pension benefit cost	4551.23		5345.52		4153.25
Net curtailment and settlement losses	1.0		1.4		15.0
Net curtailment and settlement losses (1)	36.3		1.0		1.4
Net periodic pension benefit cost after net curtailment and settlement losses	$	4687.26	$	5446.92	$	5654.29
Amounts recorded in continuing operations:
Operating income	$	2824.09	$	2928.60	$	4329.26
Other income/(expense), net	1135.53		1811.65		918.26
Amounts recorded in discontinued operations	627.74		6.7		36.87
Total	$	4687.26	$	5446.92	$	5654.29

~~Pension~~(1) ~~benefit~~Settlements ~~cost~~in ~~for~~ 2025 isinclude ~~projected~~the toeffect beof ~~approximately~~the ~~$53~~group ~~million~~annuity contract purchase discussed above.

~~F-23~~Pension benefit cost for 2026 is projected to be approximately $32 million.

F-21

Table of Contents

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

	2024		2023		2022
	2025		2024		2023
Discount rate:
U.S. plans
Service cost	5.1249	%	5.4812	%	35.0648	%
Interest cost	5.0832	%	5.3508	%	25.3635	%
Non-U.S. plans
Service cost	4.3847	%	4.8238	%	24.0782	%
Interest cost	4.1862	%	4.6518	%	14.6265	%
Rate of compensation increase:
U.S. plans	4.0203	%	4.2502	%	4.0025	%
Non-U.S. plans	4.0708	%	4.2307	%	4.0023	%
Expected return on plan assets:
U.S. plans	65.0075	%	6.2500	%	46.0025	%
Non-U.S. plans	4.6979	%	54.0269	%	25.5002	%

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets reflects the average rate of returns expected on the funds invested or to be invested to provide for the benefits included in the projected benefit obligation. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on what is achievable given the plan's investment policy, the types of assets held and target asset allocations. The expected long-term rate of return is determined as of the measurement date. The Company reviews each plan and its historical returns and target asset allocations to determine the appropriate expected long-term rate of return on plan assets to be used.

The Company's objective in managing its defined benefit plan assets is to ensure that all present and future benefit obligations are met as they come due. It seeks to achieve this goal while trying to mitigate volatility in plan funded status, contribution, and expense by better matching the characteristics of the plan assets to that of the plan liabilities. The Company utilizes a dynamic approach to asset allocation whereby a plan's allocation to fixed income assets increases as the plan's funded status improves. The Company monitors plan funded status and asset allocation regularly in addition to investment manager performance.

F-2422

Table of Contents

The fair values of the Company's pension plan assets at December 31, 2025 by asset category were as follows:


	Fair value measurements						Net asset value		Total fair value
In millions	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Cash and cash equivalents	$	4.4	$	43.7	$	—	$	—	$	48.1
Equity investments:
Registered mutual funds – equity specialty	—		—		—		65.1		65.1
Commingled funds – equity specialty	—		—		—		225.7		225.7
	—		—		—		290.8		290.8
Fixed income investments:
U.S. government and agency obligations	—		325.3		—		—		325.3
Corporate and non-U.S. bonds	—		920.3		—		—		920.3
Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities	—		18.1		—		—		18.1
Registered mutual funds – fixed income specialty	—		—		—		97.8		97.8
Commingled funds – fixed income specialty	—		—		—		89.2		89.2
Other fixed income(a)	—		—		—		—		—
	—		1,263.7		—		187.0		1,450.7
Derivatives	—		0.6		—		—		0.6
Other(b)	—		—		98.4		—		98.4
Total assets at fair value	$	4.4	$	1,308.0	$	98.4	$	477.8	$	1,888.6
Receivables and payables, net									(13.0)
Net assets available for benefits									$	1,875.6

The fair values of the Company's pension plan assets at December 31, 2024 by asset category were as follows:


	Fair value measurements						Net asset value		Total fair value
In millions	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Cash and cash equivalents	$	6.5	$	30.0	$	—	$	—	$	36.5
Equity investments:
Registered mutual funds – equity specialty	—		—		—		73.7		73.7
Commingled funds – equity specialty	—		—		—		244.2		244.2
	—		—		—		317.9		317.9
Fixed income investments:
U.S. government and agency obligations	—		384.1		—		—		384.1
Corporate and non-U.S. bonds	—		1,001.9		—		—		1,001.9
Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities	—		14.9		—		—		14.9
Registered mutual funds – fixed income specialty	—		—		—		91.7		91.7
Commingled funds – fixed income specialty	—		—		—		81.0		81.0
Other fixed income(a)	—		—		31.5		—		31.5
	—		1,400.9		31.5		172.7		1,605.1
Derivatives	—		(0.5)		—		—		(0.5)
Other(b)	—		—		86.2		—		86.2
Total assets at fair value	$	6.5	$	1,430.4	$	117.7	$	490.6	$	2,045.2
Receivables and payables, net									(35.0)
Net assets available for benefits									$	2,010.2

The fair values of the Company's pension plan assets at December 31, 2023 by asset category were as follows:

	Fair value measurements						Net asset value		Totalfair value
In millions	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Cash and cash equivalents	$	4.7	$	43.9	$	—	$	—	$	48.6
Equity investments:
Registered mutual funds – equity specialty	—		—		—		78.7		78.7
Commingled funds – equity specialty	—		—		—		262.4		262.4
	—		—		—		341.1		341.1
Fixed income investments:
U.S. government and agency obligations	—		355.7		—		—		355.7
Corporate and non-U.S. bonds	—		1,079.5		—		—		1,079.5
Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities	—		12.5		—		—		12.5
Registered mutual funds – fixed income specialty	—		—		—		96.1		96.1
Commingled funds – fixed income specialty	—		—		—		75.0		75.0
Other fixed income(a)	—		—		31.2		—		31.2
	—		1,447.7		31.2		171.1		1,650.0
Derivatives	—		5.9		—		—		5.9
Other(b)	—		—		89.7		—		89.7
Total assets at fair value	$	4.7	$	1,497.5	$	120.9	$	512.2	$	2,135.3
Receivables and payables, net									10.4
Net assets available for benefits									$	2,145.7

(a)This class includes group annuity and guaranteed interest contracts.

(b)This investment comprises the Company's non-significant, non-US pension plan assets. It primarily includes insurance contracts.

F-2523

Table of Contents

Cash equivalents are valued using a market approach with inputs including quoted market prices for either identical or similar instruments. Fixed income securities are valued through a market approach with inputs including, but not limited to, benchmark yields, reported trades, broker quotes and issuer spreads. Commingled funds are valued at their daily net asset value (NAV) per share or the equivalent. NAV per share or the equivalent is used for fair value purposes as a practical expedient. NAVs are calculated by the investment manager or sponsor of the fund. Refer to Note 9, "Fair Value Measurements" for additional information related to the fair value hierarchy. There have been no significant transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy.

The Company made required and discretionary contributions to its pension plans of $5833.91 million in ~~2024~~2025, $9358.59 million in ~~2023~~2024, and $9093.5 million in ~~2022~~2023. These amounts include required and discretionary contributions to qualified plan trusts and benefit payments made directly by the Company to plan participants. The Company currently projects that it will contribute approximately $3084 million to its plans worldwide in ~~2025~~2026, a portion of which may be funded by assets held in an employer-owned trust. The Company's policy allows it to fund an amount, which could be in excess of or less than the pension cost expensed, subject to the limitations imposed by current tax regulations. However, the Company anticipates funding the plans in ~~2025~~2026 in accordance with contributions required by funding regulations or the laws of each jurisdiction.

Most of the Company's U.S. employees are covered by defined contribution plans. Employer contributions are determined based on criteria specific to the individual plans and amounted to approximately $~~188~~212 million, $~~165~~188 million and $~~138~~165 million in ~~2024~~2025, ~~2023~~2024 and ~~2022~~2023, respectively. The Company's contributions relating to non-U.S. defined contribution plans and other non-U.S. benefit plans were $3841.68 million, $3038.96 million and $3330.89 million in ~~2024~~2025, ~~2023~~2024 and ~~2022~~2023, respectively.

Multiemployer Pension Plans

The Company also participates in a number of multiemployer defined benefit pension plans related to collectively bargained U.S. employees of Trane. The Company's contributions are determined by the terms of the related collective-bargaining agreements. These multiemployer plans pose different risks to the Company than single-employer plans, including:

1.The Company's contributions to multiemployer plans may be used to provide benefits to all participating employees of the plan, including employees of other employers.

2.In the event that another participating employer ceases contributions to a plan, the Company, together with other remaining participating employers, may be responsible for any unfunded obligations of the employer that ceased making contributions.

3.If the Company chooses to withdraw from any of the multiemployer plans or if a partial withdrawal occurs, the Company may be required to pay a withdrawal liability, based on the underfunded status of the plan.

As of December 31, ~~2024~~2025, the Company does not participate in any multiemployer plans that are individually significant.

Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions

The Company sponsors several postretirement plans that provide healthcare benefits and, in some instances, life insurance benefits for eligible current and retired employees. These plans are unfunded and have no plan assets; instead they are funded by the Company on a pay-as-you-go basis in the form of direct benefit payments. Generally, postretirement health benefits are contributory, with contributions adjusted annually. Life insurance plans for retirees are primarily non-contributory.

F-24

Table of Contents

The following table details changes in the Company's postretirement plan benefit obligations for the years ended December 31:

In millions	~~2024~~2025		~~2023~~2024
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	~~241~~222.37	$	~~266~~241.43
Service cost	1.20		1.42
Interest cost	1110.59		1311.35
Actuarial (gains) losses	(58.6)2		(75.46)
Benefits paid, net of Medicare Part D subsidy	(2526.31)		(3225.43)
Benefit obligations at end of year	$	222.7	$	241.3
Other	0.3		(0.4)
Benefit obligations at end of year	$	217.0	$	222.7

The benefit plan obligations are reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows:

In millions

December 31, ~~2024~~2025

December 31, ~~2023~~2024

Accrued compensation and benefits

(2726.90)

(2927.39)

Postemployment and other benefit liabilities

(~~194~~191.80)

(~~212~~194.08)

Total

(~~222~~217.70)

(~~241~~222.37)

F-26

Table of Contents

The pre-tax amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:

In millions	Prior service benefit (cost)		Net actuarial gains (losses)		Total
Balance at December 31, 2023	$	(2.7)	$	114.9	$	112.2
Current year changes recorded to AOCI	—		5.6		5.6
Amortization reclassified to earnings	0.6		(13.2)		(12.6)
Balance at December 31, 2024	$	(2.1)	$	107.2	$	105.1
Current year changes recorded to AOCI	—		(8.2)		(8.2)
Amortization reclassified to earnings	0.6		(12.8)		(12.2)
Balance at December 31, 2025	$	(1.5)	$	86.2	$	84.7

The components of net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

In millions	~~2024~~2025		~~2023~~2024		~~2022~~2023
Service cost	$	1.21	$	1.42	$	1.84
Interest cost	1110.59		1311.35		613.93
Net amortization of:
Prior service costs (benefits)	0.6		0.6		—0.6
Plan net actuarial (gains) losses	(1312.28)		(13.02)		(513.60)
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost	$	(0.12)	$	20.31	$	32.13
Amounts recorded in continuing operations:
Operating income	$	1.21	$	1.42	$	1.84
Other income/(expense), net	(0.15)		10.41		1.4
Amounts recorded in discontinued operations	(10.28)		(01.52)		(0.15)
Total	$	(0.12)	$	20.31	$	32.13

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost (credit) for ~~2025~~2026 is projected to be $(0.3)6 million. The amount expected to be recognized in net periodic postretirement benefits cost in ~~2025~~2026 for net actuarial gains is approximately $1310 million.

F-25

Table of Contents

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

	2024		2023		2022
	2025		2024		2023
Discount rate:
Benefit obligations at December 31	5.5715	%	5.1757	%	5.5117	%
Net periodic benefit cost
Net periodic benefit cost:
Service cost	5.1958	%	5.5419	%	25.8254	%
Interest cost	5.1225	%	5.3812	%	25.3338	%
Assumed health-care cost trend rates at December 31:
Current year medical inflation	6.5150	%	6.2851	%	6.5028	%
Ultimate inflation rate	5.00	%	5.00	%	5.00	%
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate	~~2030~~2031		~~2029~~2030		~~2028~~2029

Benefit payments for postretirement benefits, which are net of expected plan participant contributions and Medicare Part D subsidy, are expected to be paid as follows:

In millions
2025	$	28.5
2026	$	26.6
2026	26.8
2027	25.5
2027	25.1
2028	24.0
2028	23.7
2029	22.5
2029	22.0
2030	21.2
2030—2034	88.3
2031—2035	84.1

F-27

Table of Contents

NOTE 12. REVENUE

Performance Obligations

A performance obligation is a distinct good, service or a bundle of goods and services promised in a contract. The Company identifies performance obligations at the inception of a contract and allocates the transaction price to individual performance obligations to faithfully depict the Company's performance in transferring control of the promised goods or services to the customer.

The following are the primary performance obligations identified by the Company:

Equipment. The Company principally generates revenue from the sale of equipment to customers and recognizes revenue at a point in time when control transfers to the customer. Transfer of control is generally determined based on the shipping terms of the contract.

Contracting and installation. The Company enters into ~~various construction-type~~ contracts to design, deliver and build integrated solutions to meet customer specifications. These transactions provide services that range from the development and installation of new HVAC systems to the design and integration of critical building systems to optimize energy efficiency and overall performance. These contracts have a typical term of less than one year and are considered a single performance obligation as multiple combined goods and services promised in the contract represent a single output delivered to the customer. Revenues associated with contracting and installation contracts are recognized over time with progress towards completion measured using the cost-to-cost input method (percentage of completion) as the basis to recognize revenue and an estimated profit. To-date efforts for work performed corresponds with and faithfully depicts transfer of control to the customer.

Services and maintenance. The Company provides various levels of preventative and/or repair and maintenance type service agreements for its customers. The typical length of a contract is between 12 months and 60 months. Revenues associated with these performance obligations are primarily recognized over time on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit provided by the Company. However, if historical evidence indicates that the cost of providing these services on a straight-line basis is not appropriate, revenue is recognized over the contract period in proportion to the costs expected to be incurred while performing the service. Revenues for certain repair services that do not meet the criteria for over time revenue recognition and sales of parts are recognized at a point in time.

Extended warranties. The Company enters into various warranty contracts with customers related to its products. A standard warranty generally warrants that a product is free from defects in workmanship and materials under normal use and conditions for a certain period of time. The Company's standard warranty is not considered a distinct performance obligation as it does not provide services to customers beyond assurance that the covered product is free of initial defects. An extended warranty provides a customer with additional time that the Company is liable for covered incidents associated with its products. Extended warranties are purchased separately and can last up to five years. As a result, they are considered separate performance obligations for the Company. Revenue associated with these performance obligations is primarily recognized over time on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit provided by the Company. However, if historical evidence indicates that the cost of providing these services on a straight-line basis is not appropriate, revenue is recognized over the contract period in proportion to the costs expected to be incurred while performing the service. Refer to Note 20, "Commitments and Contingencies," for more information related to product warranties.

The transaction price allocated to performance obligations reflects the Company's expectations about the consideration it will be entitled to receive from a customer. To determine the transaction price, variable and nonF-cash consideration are assessed as well as whether a significant financing component exists. The Company includes variable consideration in the estimated transaction price when it is probable that significant reversal of revenue recognized would not occur when the uncertainty associated with variable consideration is subsequently resolved. The Company considers historical data in determining its best estimates of variable consideration, and the related accruals are recorded using the expected value method.26

For projects financed through energy savings, the Company provides financial guarantees for in-process work and financial commitments with end dates varying from the current fiscal year through the completion of such transactions that could be triggered in the event of nonperformance. Additionally, for completed energy savings contracts, the Company has ongoing performance guarantees related to the customers' realization of committed energy savings that are evaluated during the measurement and verification portion of contracting and installation agreements. These performance guarantees represent variable consideration and are estimated as part of the overall transaction price. As of December 31, 2024, the Company has outstanding performance guarantees of approximately $1 billion related to completed energy savings contracts that extend from 2025-2049. Since 1995, the Company has recognized an immaterial amount in adjustments to the overall transaction price of energy savings contracts as a result of these performance guarantees.

F-28

Table of Contents

provide services ~~sold~~to ~~separately~~customers tobeyond ~~similar~~assurance ~~customers~~that inthe ~~similar~~covered ~~circumstances~~product tois ~~evaluate~~free ~~relative~~of ~~standalone~~initial ~~selling~~defects. ~~price~~An extended warranty provides a customer with additional time that the Company is liable for covered incidents associated with its products. ~~List~~Extended ~~prices~~warranties are ~~used~~purchased ifseparately and can last up to five years. As a result, they are ~~determined~~considered toseparate beperformance ~~representative~~obligations for the Company. Revenue associated with these performance obligations is primarily recognized over time on a straight-line basis over the life of ~~standalone~~the ~~selling~~contract ~~prices.~~as ~~Where~~the ~~necessary,~~customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit provided by the Company. ~~ensures~~However, if historical evidence indicates that the ~~total~~cost ~~transaction~~of ~~price~~providing these services on a straight-line basis is ~~then~~not ~~allocated~~appropriate, revenue is recognized over the contract period in proportion to the ~~distinct~~costs ~~performance~~expected ~~obligations~~to ~~based~~be onincurred while performing the ~~determination~~service. ofRefer ~~their~~to ~~relative~~Note ~~standalone~~20, ~~selling~~"Commitments ~~price~~and atContingencies," ~~the~~for ~~inception~~more ofinformation ~~the~~related ~~arrangement~~to product warranties.

The transaction price allocated to performance obligations reflects the Company's expectations about the consideration it will be entitled to receive from a customer. To determine the transaction price, variable and non-cash consideration are assessed as well as whether a significant financing component exists. The Company includes variable consideration in the estimated transaction price when it is probable that significant reversal of revenue recognized would not occur when the uncertainty associated with variable consideration is subsequently resolved. The Company considers historical data in determining its best estimates of variable consideration, and the related accruals are recorded using the best estimate method.

For projects financed through energy savings, the Company provides financial guarantees for in-process work and financial commitments with end dates varying from the current fiscal year through the completion of such transactions that could be triggered in the event of nonperformance. Additionally, for completed energy savings contracts, the Company has ongoing performance guarantees related to the customers' realization of committed energy savings that are evaluated during the measurement and verification portion of contracting and installation agreements. These performance guarantees represent variable consideration and are estimated as part of the overall transaction price. As of December 31, 2025, the Company has outstanding performance guarantees of approximately $1 billion related to completed energy savings contracts that extend from 2026-2049. Since 1995, the Company has recognized an immaterial amount in adjustments to the overall transaction price of energy savings contracts as a result of these performance guarantees.

The Company enters into sales arrangements that contain multiple goods and services. For these arrangements, each good or service is evaluated to determine whether it represents a distinct performance obligation and whether the sales price for each obligation is representative of standalone selling price. If available, the Company utilizes observable prices for goods or services sold separately to similar customers in similar circumstances to evaluate relative standalone selling price. List prices are used if they are determined to be representative of standalone selling prices. Where necessary, the Company ensures that the total transaction price is then allocated to the distinct performance obligations based on the determination of their relative standalone selling price at the inception of the arrangement.

The Company recognizes revenue for delivered goods or services when the delivered good or service is distinct, control of the good or service has transferred to the customer, and only customary refund or return rights related to the goods or services exist. The Company excludes from revenues taxes it collects from a customer that are assessed by a government authority.

F-27

Table of Contents

Disaggregated Revenue

Net revenues by geography and major type of good or service for the years ended at December 31 were as follows:

In millions

~~2024~~2025

~~2023~~2024

~~2022~~2023

Americas

Equipment

1011,~~608~~212.26

910,~~259~~608.72

89,~~575~~259.17

Services

5,~~295~~956.02

45,~~572~~295.30

4,~~065~~572.73

Total Americas

1517,~~903~~168.28

Filing Compare · Trane Technologies plc